blob: 26ca8d4ee88c761e48b45eb4763e08b74a2d1f0e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001//===- CodeGenPrepare.cpp - Prepare a function for code generation --------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattnerf3ebc3f2007-12-29 20:36:04 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This pass munges the code in the input function to better prepare it for
Gordon Henriksen829046b2008-05-08 17:46:35 +000011// SelectionDAG-based code generation. This works around limitations in it's
12// basic-block-at-a-time approach. It should eventually be removed.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000013//
14//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000016#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
17#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000018#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000019#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
20#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000021#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
22#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +000024#include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h"
25#include "llvm/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000026#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +000028#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000029#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/ProfileSummaryInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth62d42152015-01-15 02:16:27 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +000034#include "llvm/CodeGen/Analysis.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000035#include "llvm/CodeGen/ISDOpcodes.h"
36#include "llvm/CodeGen/MachineValueType.h"
37#include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000038#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h"
Chandler Carruth6bda14b2017-06-06 11:49:48 +000039#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetPassConfig.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000040#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000041#include "llvm/CodeGen/ValueTypes.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
Chandler Carruth219b89b2014-03-04 11:01:28 +000045#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000046#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
49#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000050#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000051#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000052#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000053#include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
54#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000055#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
56#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000057#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
58#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000059#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
60#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000061#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
62#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +000063#include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000064#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
65#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000066#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000067#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000068#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
69#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
71#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
Chandler Carruth4220e9c2014-03-04 11:17:44 +000072#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
Chandler Carrutha4ea2692014-03-04 11:26:31 +000073#include "llvm/IR/ValueMap.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000074#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000075#include "llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h"
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +000076#include "llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000077#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
Evan Cheng8b637b12010-08-17 01:34:49 +000078#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000079#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +000080#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000081#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
82#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000083#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000084#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
85#include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000086#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +000087#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000088#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +000089#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000090#include <algorithm>
91#include <cassert>
92#include <cstdint>
93#include <iterator>
94#include <limits>
95#include <memory>
96#include <utility>
97#include <vector>
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000098
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000099using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd616ef52008-11-25 04:42:10 +0000100using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000101
Chandler Carruth1b9dde02014-04-22 02:02:50 +0000102#define DEBUG_TYPE "codegenprepare"
103
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000104STATISTIC(NumBlocksElim, "Number of blocks eliminated");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000105STATISTIC(NumPHIsElim, "Number of trivial PHIs eliminated");
106STATISTIC(NumGEPsElim, "Number of GEPs converted to casts");
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000107STATISTIC(NumCmpUses, "Number of uses of Cmp expressions replaced with uses of "
108 "sunken Cmps");
109STATISTIC(NumCastUses, "Number of uses of Cast expressions replaced with uses "
110 "of sunken Casts");
111STATISTIC(NumMemoryInsts, "Number of memory instructions whose address "
112 "computations were sunk");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000113STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated,
114 "Number of phis created when address "
115 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
116STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated,
117 "Number of select created when address "
118 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000119STATISTIC(NumExtsMoved, "Number of [s|z]ext instructions combined with loads");
120STATISTIC(NumExtUses, "Number of uses of [s|z]ext instructions optimized");
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +0000121STATISTIC(NumAndsAdded,
122 "Number of and mask instructions added to form ext loads");
123STATISTIC(NumAndUses, "Number of uses of and mask instructions optimized");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000124STATISTIC(NumRetsDup, "Number of return instructions duplicated");
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000125STATISTIC(NumDbgValueMoved, "Number of debug value instructions moved");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000126STATISTIC(NumSelectsExpanded, "Number of selects turned into branches");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000127STATISTIC(NumStoreExtractExposed, "Number of store(extractelement) exposed");
Jakob Stoklund Oleseneb12f492010-09-30 20:51:52 +0000128
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000129static cl::opt<bool> DisableBranchOpts(
130 "disable-cgp-branch-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
131 cl::desc("Disable branch optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
132
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000133static cl::opt<bool>
134 DisableGCOpts("disable-cgp-gc-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
135 cl::desc("Disable GC optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
136
Benjamin Kramer3d38c172012-05-06 14:25:16 +0000137static cl::opt<bool> DisableSelectToBranch(
138 "disable-cgp-select2branch", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
139 cl::desc("Disable select to branch conversion."));
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000140
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000141static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkUsingGEPs(
Eli Friedman5fba1e52017-04-06 22:42:18 +0000142 "addr-sink-using-gep", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000143 cl::desc("Address sinking in CGP using GEPs."));
144
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000145static cl::opt<bool> EnableAndCmpSinking(
146 "enable-andcmp-sinking", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
147 cl::desc("Enable sinkinig and/cmp into branches."));
148
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000149static cl::opt<bool> DisableStoreExtract(
150 "disable-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
151 cl::desc("Disable store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
152
153static cl::opt<bool> StressStoreExtract(
154 "stress-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
155 cl::desc("Stress test store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
156
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000157static cl::opt<bool> DisableExtLdPromotion(
158 "disable-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
159 cl::desc("Disable ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) optimization in "
160 "CodeGenPrepare"));
161
162static cl::opt<bool> StressExtLdPromotion(
163 "stress-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
164 cl::desc("Stress test ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) "
165 "optimization in CodeGenPrepare"));
166
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000167static cl::opt<bool> DisablePreheaderProtect(
168 "disable-preheader-prot", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
169 cl::desc("Disable protection against removing loop preheaders"));
170
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000171static cl::opt<bool> ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix(
David Callahan5960d9b12017-06-14 20:35:33 +0000172 "profile-guided-section-prefix", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true), cl::ZeroOrMore,
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000173 cl::desc("Use profile info to add section prefix for hot/cold functions"));
174
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000175static cl::opt<unsigned> FreqRatioToSkipMerge(
176 "cgp-freq-ratio-to-skip-merge", cl::Hidden, cl::init(2),
177 cl::desc("Skip merging empty blocks if (frequency of empty block) / "
178 "(frequency of destination block) is greater than this ratio"));
179
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +0000180static cl::opt<bool> ForceSplitStore(
181 "force-split-store", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
182 cl::desc("Force store splitting no matter what the target query says."));
183
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000184static cl::opt<bool>
185EnableTypePromotionMerge("cgp-type-promotion-merge", cl::Hidden,
186 cl::desc("Enable merging of redundant sexts when one is dominating"
187 " the other."), cl::init(true));
188
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000189static cl::opt<bool> DisableComplexAddrModes(
Serguei Katkovd4df7442017-11-29 09:48:50 +0000190 "disable-complex-addr-modes", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000191 cl::desc("Disables combining addressing modes with different parts "
192 "in optimizeMemoryInst."));
193
194static cl::opt<bool>
195AddrSinkNewPhis("addr-sink-new-phis", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
196 cl::desc("Allow creation of Phis in Address sinking."));
197
198static cl::opt<bool>
Serguei Katkovac4a8fb2017-12-13 07:39:35 +0000199AddrSinkNewSelects("addr-sink-new-select", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000200 cl::desc("Allow creation of selects in Address sinking."));
201
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +0000202static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseReg(
203 "addr-sink-combine-base-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
204 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseReg field in Address sinking."));
205
206static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseGV(
207 "addr-sink-combine-base-gv", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
208 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseGV field in Address sinking."));
209
210static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs(
211 "addr-sink-combine-base-offs", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
212 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseOffs field in Address sinking."));
213
214static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineScaledReg(
215 "addr-sink-combine-scaled-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
216 cl::desc("Allow combining of ScaledReg field in Address sinking."));
217
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000218namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000219
220using SetOfInstrs = SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16>;
221using TypeIsSExt = PointerIntPair<Type *, 1, bool>;
222using InstrToOrigTy = DenseMap<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>;
223using SExts = SmallVector<Instruction *, 16>;
224using ValueToSExts = DenseMap<Value *, SExts>;
225
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000226class TypePromotionTransaction;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000227
Chris Lattner2dd09db2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000228 class CodeGenPrepare : public FunctionPass {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000229 const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000230 const TargetSubtargetInfo *SubtargetInfo;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000231 const TargetLowering *TLI = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000232 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000233 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI = nullptr;
Chad Rosierc24b86f2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000234 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLInfo;
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000235 const LoopInfo *LI;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000236 std::unique_ptr<BlockFrequencyInfo> BFI;
237 std::unique_ptr<BranchProbabilityInfo> BPI;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000238
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000239 /// As we scan instructions optimizing them, this is the next instruction
240 /// to optimize. Transforms that can invalidate this should update it.
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +0000241 BasicBlock::iterator CurInstIterator;
Evan Cheng3b3de7c2008-12-19 18:03:11 +0000242
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000243 /// Keeps track of non-local addresses that have been sunk into a block.
244 /// This allows us to avoid inserting duplicate code for blocks with
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +0000245 /// multiple load/stores of the same address. The usage of WeakTrackingVH
246 /// enables SunkAddrs to be treated as a cache whose entries can be
247 /// invalidated if a sunken address computation has been erased.
248 ValueMap<Value*, WeakTrackingVH> SunkAddrs;
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000249
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000250 /// Keeps track of all instructions inserted for the current function.
251 SetOfInstrs InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000252
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000253 /// Keeps track of the type of the related instruction before their
254 /// promotion for the current function.
255 InstrToOrigTy PromotedInsts;
256
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000257 /// Keep track of instructions removed during promotion.
258 SetOfInstrs RemovedInsts;
259
260 /// Keep track of sext chains based on their initial value.
261 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *> SeenChainsForSExt;
262
263 /// Keep track of SExt promoted.
264 ValueToSExts ValToSExtendedUses;
265
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000266 /// True if CFG is modified in any way.
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000267 bool ModifiedDT;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000268
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000269 /// True if optimizing for size.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000270 bool OptSize;
271
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000272 /// DataLayout for the Function being processed.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000273 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000274
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000275 public:
Nick Lewyckye7da2d62007-05-06 13:37:16 +0000276 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000277
278 CodeGenPrepare() : FunctionPass(ID) {
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000279 initializeCodeGenPreparePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
280 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000281
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000282 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000283
Mehdi Amini117296c2016-10-01 02:56:57 +0000284 StringRef getPassName() const override { return "CodeGen Prepare"; }
Evan Cheng99cafb12012-12-21 01:48:14 +0000285
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000286 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +0000287 // FIXME: When we can selectively preserve passes, preserve the domtree.
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000288 AU.addRequired<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000289 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth705b1852015-01-31 03:43:40 +0000290 AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000291 AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
Andreas Neustifterf8cb7582009-09-16 09:26:52 +0000292 }
293
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000294 private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000295 bool eliminateFallThrough(Function &F);
296 bool eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000297 BasicBlock *findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000298 bool canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB, const BasicBlock *DestBB) const;
299 void eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000300 bool isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *DestBB,
301 bool isPreheader);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000302 bool optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT);
303 bool optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000304 bool optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *I, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +0000305 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000306 bool optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000307 bool optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000308 bool optimizeExt(Instruction *&I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000309 bool optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +0000310 bool optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000311 bool optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI);
312 bool optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SI);
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +0000313 bool optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *CI);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000314 bool optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst);
315 bool dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB);
316 bool placeDbgValues(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +0000317 bool canFormExtLd(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts,
318 LoadInst *&LI, Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted);
319 bool tryToPromoteExts(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
320 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
321 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
322 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000323 bool mergeSExts(Function &F);
324 bool performAddressTypePromotion(
325 Instruction *&Inst,
326 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
327 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
328 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000329 bool splitBranchCondition(Function &F);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000330 bool simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000331 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000332
333} // end anonymous namespace
Devang Patel09f162c2007-05-01 21:15:47 +0000334
Devang Patel8c78a0b2007-05-03 01:11:54 +0000335char CodeGenPrepare::ID = 0;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000336
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000337INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000338 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000339INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass)
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000340INITIALIZE_PASS_END(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000341 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000342
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000343FunctionPass *llvm::createCodeGenPreparePass() { return new CodeGenPrepare(); }
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000344
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000345bool CodeGenPrepare::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +0000346 if (skipFunction(F))
Paul Robinson7c99ec52014-03-31 17:43:35 +0000347 return false;
348
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000349 DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
350
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000351 bool EverMadeChange = false;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000352 // Clear per function information.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000353 InsertedInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000354 PromotedInsts.clear();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000355
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000356 ModifiedDT = false;
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000357 if (auto *TPC = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetPassConfig>()) {
358 TM = &TPC->getTM<TargetMachine>();
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000359 SubtargetInfo = TM->getSubtargetImpl(F);
360 TLI = SubtargetInfo->getTargetLowering();
361 TRI = SubtargetInfo->getRegisterInfo();
362 }
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000363 TLInfo = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
Chandler Carruthfdb9c572015-02-01 12:01:35 +0000364 TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000365 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000366 BPI.reset(new BranchProbabilityInfo(F, *LI));
367 BFI.reset(new BlockFrequencyInfo(F, *BPI, *LI));
Sanjay Patel82d91dd2015-08-11 19:39:36 +0000368 OptSize = F.optForSize();
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000369
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000370 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
371 getAnalysis<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>().getPSI();
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000372 if (ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix) {
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000373 if (PSI->isFunctionHotInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000374 F.setSectionPrefix(".hot");
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000375 else if (PSI->isFunctionColdInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Teresa Johnson720d9b42017-05-09 01:43:24 +0000376 F.setSectionPrefix(".unlikely");
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000377 }
378
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000379 /// This optimization identifies DIV instructions that can be
380 /// profitably bypassed and carried out with a shorter, faster divide.
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000381 if (!OptSize && !PSI->hasHugeWorkingSetSize() && TLI &&
382 TLI->isSlowDivBypassed()) {
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000383 const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &BypassWidths =
384 TLI->getBypassSlowDivWidths();
Eric Christopher49a7d6c2016-01-04 23:18:58 +0000385 BasicBlock* BB = &*F.begin();
386 while (BB != nullptr) {
387 // bypassSlowDivision may create new BBs, but we don't want to reapply the
388 // optimization to those blocks.
389 BasicBlock* Next = BB->getNextNode();
390 EverMadeChange |= bypassSlowDivision(BB, BypassWidths);
391 BB = Next;
392 }
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000393 }
394
395 // Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes and an
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000396 // unconditional branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000397 EverMadeChange |= eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(F);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000398
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000399 // llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000400 // handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000401 // find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000402 EverMadeChange |= placeDbgValues(F);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000403
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +0000404 if (!DisableBranchOpts)
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000405 EverMadeChange |= splitBranchCondition(F);
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000406
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000407 // Split some critical edges where one of the sources is an indirect branch,
408 // to help generate sane code for PHIs involving such edges.
Hiroshi Yamauchi9364fa32017-12-04 20:36:01 +0000409 EverMadeChange |= SplitIndirectBrCriticalEdges(F);
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000410
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000411 bool MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000412 while (MadeChange) {
413 MadeChange = false;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000414 SeenChainsForSExt.clear();
415 ValToSExtendedUses.clear();
416 RemovedInsts.clear();
Hans Wennborg02fbc712012-09-19 07:48:16 +0000417 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000418 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000419 bool ModifiedDTOnIteration = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000420 MadeChange |= optimizeBlock(*BB, ModifiedDTOnIteration);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000421
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000422 // Restart BB iteration if the dominator tree of the Function was changed
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000423 if (ModifiedDTOnIteration)
424 break;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000425 }
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000426 if (EnableTypePromotionMerge && !ValToSExtendedUses.empty())
427 MadeChange |= mergeSExts(F);
428
429 // Really free removed instructions during promotion.
430 for (Instruction *I : RemovedInsts)
Reid Kleckner96ab8722017-05-18 17:24:10 +0000431 I->deleteValue();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000432
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000433 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
434 }
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000435
436 SunkAddrs.clear();
437
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000438 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
439 MadeChange = false;
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000440 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 8> WorkList;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +0000441 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
442 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Successors(succ_begin(&BB), succ_end(&BB));
443 MadeChange |= ConstantFoldTerminator(&BB, true);
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000444 if (!MadeChange) continue;
445
446 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
447 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
448 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
449 WorkList.insert(*II);
450 }
451
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000452 // Delete the dead blocks and any of their dead successors.
Bill Wendlingab417b62012-12-06 00:30:20 +0000453 MadeChange |= !WorkList.empty();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000454 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
455 BasicBlock *BB = *WorkList.begin();
456 WorkList.erase(BB);
457 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> Successors(succ_begin(BB), succ_end(BB));
458
459 DeleteDeadBlock(BB);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +0000460
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000461 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
462 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
463 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
464 WorkList.insert(*II);
465 }
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000466
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000467 // Merge pairs of basic blocks with unconditional branches, connected by
468 // a single edge.
469 if (EverMadeChange || MadeChange)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000470 MadeChange |= eliminateFallThrough(F);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000471
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000472 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
473 }
474
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000475 if (!DisableGCOpts) {
476 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Statepoints;
477 for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
478 for (Instruction &I : BB)
479 if (isStatepoint(I))
480 Statepoints.push_back(&I);
481 for (auto &I : Statepoints)
482 EverMadeChange |= simplifyOffsetableRelocate(*I);
483 }
484
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000485 return EverMadeChange;
486}
487
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000488/// Merge basic blocks which are connected by a single edge, where one of the
489/// basic blocks has a single successor pointing to the other basic block,
490/// which has a single predecessor.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000491bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateFallThrough(Function &F) {
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000492 bool Changed = false;
493 // Scan all of the blocks in the function, except for the entry block.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +0000494 for (Function::iterator I = std::next(F.begin()), E = F.end(); I != E;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000495 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000496 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial
497 // edge, just collapse it.
498 BasicBlock *SinglePred = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
499
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +0000500 // Don't merge if BB's address is taken.
501 if (!SinglePred || SinglePred == BB || BB->hasAddressTaken()) continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000502
503 BranchInst *Term = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(SinglePred->getTerminator());
504 if (Term && !Term->isConditional()) {
505 Changed = true;
Michael Liao6e12d122012-08-21 05:55:22 +0000506 DEBUG(dbgs() << "To merge:\n"<< *SinglePred << "\n\n\n");
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000507 // Remember if SinglePred was the entry block of the function.
508 // If so, we will need to move BB back to the entry position.
509 bool isEntry = SinglePred == &SinglePred->getParent()->getEntryBlock();
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +0000510 MergeBasicBlockIntoOnlyPred(BB, nullptr);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000511
512 if (isEntry && BB != &BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
513 BB->moveBefore(&BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock());
514
515 // We have erased a block. Update the iterator.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000516 I = BB->getIterator();
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000517 }
518 }
519 return Changed;
520}
521
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000522/// Find a destination block from BB if BB is mergeable empty block.
523BasicBlock *CodeGenPrepare::findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
524 // If this block doesn't end with an uncond branch, ignore it.
525 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
526 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional())
527 return nullptr;
528
529 // If the instruction before the branch (skipping debug info) isn't a phi
530 // node, then other stuff is happening here.
531 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BI->getIterator();
532 if (BBI != BB->begin()) {
533 --BBI;
534 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI)) {
535 if (BBI == BB->begin())
536 break;
537 --BBI;
538 }
539 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) && !isa<PHINode>(BBI))
540 return nullptr;
541 }
542
543 // Do not break infinite loops.
544 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
545 if (DestBB == BB)
546 return nullptr;
547
548 if (!canMergeBlocks(BB, DestBB))
549 DestBB = nullptr;
550
551 return DestBB;
552}
553
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000554/// Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes, debug info directives, and an
555/// unconditional branch. Passes before isel (e.g. LSR/loopsimplify) often split
556/// edges in ways that are non-optimal for isel. Start by eliminating these
557/// blocks so we can split them the way we want them.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000558bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F) {
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000559 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> Preheaders;
560 SmallVector<Loop *, 16> LoopList(LI->begin(), LI->end());
561 while (!LoopList.empty()) {
562 Loop *L = LoopList.pop_back_val();
563 LoopList.insert(LoopList.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
564 if (BasicBlock *Preheader = L->getLoopPreheader())
565 Preheaders.insert(Preheader);
566 }
567
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000568 bool MadeChange = false;
569 // Note that this intentionally skips the entry block.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +0000570 for (Function::iterator I = std::next(F.begin()), E = F.end(); I != E;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000571 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000572 BasicBlock *DestBB = findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BB);
573 if (!DestBB ||
574 !isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BB, DestBB, Preheaders.count(BB)))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000575 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000576
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000577 eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BB);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000578 MadeChange = true;
579 }
580 return MadeChange;
581}
582
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000583bool CodeGenPrepare::isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB,
584 BasicBlock *DestBB,
585 bool isPreheader) {
586 // Do not delete loop preheaders if doing so would create a critical edge.
587 // Loop preheaders can be good locations to spill registers. If the
588 // preheader is deleted and we create a critical edge, registers may be
589 // spilled in the loop body instead.
590 if (!DisablePreheaderProtect && isPreheader &&
591 !(BB->getSinglePredecessor() &&
592 BB->getSinglePredecessor()->getSingleSuccessor()))
593 return false;
594
595 // Try to skip merging if the unique predecessor of BB is terminated by a
596 // switch or indirect branch instruction, and BB is used as an incoming block
597 // of PHIs in DestBB. In such case, merging BB and DestBB would cause ISel to
598 // add COPY instructions in the predecessor of BB instead of BB (if it is not
599 // merged). Note that the critical edge created by merging such blocks wont be
600 // split in MachineSink because the jump table is not analyzable. By keeping
601 // such empty block (BB), ISel will place COPY instructions in BB, not in the
602 // predecessor of BB.
603 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
604 if (!Pred ||
605 !(isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator()) ||
606 isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())))
607 return true;
608
609 if (BB->getTerminator() != BB->getFirstNonPHI())
610 return true;
611
612 // We use a simple cost heuristic which determine skipping merging is
613 // profitable if the cost of skipping merging is less than the cost of
614 // merging : Cost(skipping merging) < Cost(merging BB), where the
615 // Cost(skipping merging) is Freq(BB) * (Cost(Copy) + Cost(Branch)), and
616 // the Cost(merging BB) is Freq(Pred) * Cost(Copy).
617 // Assuming Cost(Copy) == Cost(Branch), we could simplify it to :
618 // Freq(Pred) / Freq(BB) > 2.
619 // Note that if there are multiple empty blocks sharing the same incoming
620 // value for the PHIs in the DestBB, we consider them together. In such
621 // case, Cost(merging BB) will be the sum of their frequencies.
622
623 if (!isa<PHINode>(DestBB->begin()))
624 return true;
625
626 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> SameIncomingValueBBs;
627
628 // Find all other incoming blocks from which incoming values of all PHIs in
629 // DestBB are the same as the ones from BB.
630 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB), E = pred_end(DestBB); PI != E;
631 ++PI) {
632 BasicBlock *DestBBPred = *PI;
633 if (DestBBPred == BB)
634 continue;
635
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000636 if (llvm::all_of(DestBB->phis(), [&](const PHINode &DestPN) {
637 return DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB) ==
638 DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DestBBPred);
639 }))
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000640 SameIncomingValueBBs.insert(DestBBPred);
641 }
642
643 // See if all BB's incoming values are same as the value from Pred. In this
644 // case, no reason to skip merging because COPYs are expected to be place in
645 // Pred already.
646 if (SameIncomingValueBBs.count(Pred))
647 return true;
648
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000649 BlockFrequency PredFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(Pred);
650 BlockFrequency BBFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(BB);
651
652 for (auto SameValueBB : SameIncomingValueBBs)
653 if (SameValueBB->getUniquePredecessor() == Pred &&
654 DestBB == findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(SameValueBB))
655 BBFreq += BFI->getBlockFreq(SameValueBB);
656
657 return PredFreq.getFrequency() <=
658 BBFreq.getFrequency() * FreqRatioToSkipMerge;
659}
660
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000661/// Return true if we can merge BB into DestBB if there is a single
662/// unconditional branch between them, and BB contains no other non-phi
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000663/// instructions.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000664bool CodeGenPrepare::canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000665 const BasicBlock *DestBB) const {
666 // We only want to eliminate blocks whose phi nodes are used by phi nodes in
667 // the successor. If there are more complex condition (e.g. preheaders),
668 // don't mess around with them.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000669 for (const PHINode &PN : BB->phis()) {
670 for (const User *U : PN.users()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000671 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
672 if (UI->getParent() != DestBB || !isa<PHINode>(UI))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000673 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000674 // If User is inside DestBB block and it is a PHINode then check
675 // incoming value. If incoming value is not from BB then this is
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000676 // a complex condition (e.g. preheaders) we want to avoid here.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000677 if (UI->getParent() == DestBB) {
678 if (const PHINode *UPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000679 for (unsigned I = 0, E = UPN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
680 Instruction *Insn = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UPN->getIncomingValue(I));
681 if (Insn && Insn->getParent() == BB &&
682 Insn->getParent() != UPN->getIncomingBlock(I))
683 return false;
684 }
685 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000686 }
687 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000688
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000689 // If BB and DestBB contain any common predecessors, then the phi nodes in BB
690 // and DestBB may have conflicting incoming values for the block. If so, we
691 // can't merge the block.
692 const PHINode *DestBBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(DestBB->begin());
693 if (!DestBBPN) return true; // no conflict.
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000694
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000695 // Collect the preds of BB.
Chris Lattner8201a9b2007-11-06 22:07:40 +0000696 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BBPreds;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000697 if (const PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
698 // It is faster to get preds from a PHI than with pred_iterator.
699 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
700 BBPreds.insert(BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
701 } else {
702 BBPreds.insert(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
703 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000704
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000705 // Walk the preds of DestBB.
706 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DestBBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
707 BasicBlock *Pred = DestBBPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
708 if (BBPreds.count(Pred)) { // Common predecessor?
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000709 for (const PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
710 const Value *V1 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
711 const Value *V2 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000712
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000713 // If V2 is a phi node in BB, look up what the mapped value will be.
714 if (const PHINode *V2PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
715 if (V2PN->getParent() == BB)
716 V2 = V2PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000717
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000718 // If there is a conflict, bail out.
719 if (V1 != V2) return false;
720 }
721 }
722 }
723
724 return true;
725}
726
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000727/// Eliminate a basic block that has only phi's and an unconditional branch in
728/// it.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000729void CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000730 BranchInst *BI = cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
731 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000732
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +0000733 DEBUG(dbgs() << "MERGING MOSTLY EMPTY BLOCKS - BEFORE:\n" << *BB << *DestBB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000734
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000735 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial edge,
736 // just collapse it.
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000737 if (BasicBlock *SinglePred = DestBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000738 if (SinglePred != DestBB) {
739 // Remember if SinglePred was the entry block of the function. If so, we
740 // will need to move BB back to the entry position.
741 bool isEntry = SinglePred == &SinglePred->getParent()->getEntryBlock();
Balaram Makam32bcb5d2017-10-27 00:35:18 +0000742 MergeBasicBlockIntoOnlyPred(DestBB, nullptr);
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000743
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000744 if (isEntry && BB != &BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
745 BB->moveBefore(&BB->getParent()->getEntryBlock());
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000746
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +0000747 DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000748 return;
749 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000750 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000751
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000752 // Otherwise, we have multiple predecessors of BB. Update the PHIs in DestBB
753 // to handle the new incoming edges it is about to have.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000754 for (PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000755 // Remove the incoming value for BB, and remember it.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000756 Value *InVal = PN.removeIncomingValue(BB, false);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000757
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000758 // Two options: either the InVal is a phi node defined in BB or it is some
759 // value that dominates BB.
760 PHINode *InValPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal);
761 if (InValPhi && InValPhi->getParent() == BB) {
762 // Add all of the input values of the input PHI as inputs of this phi.
763 for (unsigned i = 0, e = InValPhi->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000764 PN.addIncoming(InValPhi->getIncomingValue(i),
765 InValPhi->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000766 } else {
767 // Otherwise, add one instance of the dominating value for each edge that
768 // we will be adding.
769 if (PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000771 PN.addIncoming(InVal, BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000772 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000773 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000774 PN.addIncoming(InVal, *PI);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000775 }
776 }
777 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000778
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000779 // The PHIs are now updated, change everything that refers to BB to use
780 // DestBB and remove BB.
781 BB->replaceAllUsesWith(DestBB);
782 BB->eraseFromParent();
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000783 ++NumBlocksElim;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000784
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +0000785 DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000786}
787
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000788// Computes a map of base pointer relocation instructions to corresponding
789// derived pointer relocation instructions given a vector of all relocate calls
790static void computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000791 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &AllRelocateCalls,
792 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>>
793 &RelocateInstMap) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000794 // Collect information in two maps: one primarily for locating the base object
795 // while filling the second map; the second map is the final structure holding
796 // a mapping between Base and corresponding Derived relocate calls
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000797 DenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, GCRelocateInst *> RelocateIdxMap;
798 for (auto *ThisRelocate : AllRelocateCalls) {
799 auto K = std::make_pair(ThisRelocate->getBasePtrIndex(),
800 ThisRelocate->getDerivedPtrIndex());
801 RelocateIdxMap.insert(std::make_pair(K, ThisRelocate));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000802 }
803 for (auto &Item : RelocateIdxMap) {
804 std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Key = Item.first;
805 if (Key.first == Key.second)
806 // Base relocation: nothing to insert
807 continue;
808
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000809 GCRelocateInst *I = Item.second;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000810 auto BaseKey = std::make_pair(Key.first, Key.first);
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000811
812 // We're iterating over RelocateIdxMap so we cannot modify it.
813 auto MaybeBase = RelocateIdxMap.find(BaseKey);
814 if (MaybeBase == RelocateIdxMap.end())
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000815 // TODO: We might want to insert a new base object relocate and gep off
816 // that, if there are enough derived object relocates.
817 continue;
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000818
819 RelocateInstMap[MaybeBase->second].push_back(I);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000820 }
821}
822
823// Accepts a GEP and extracts the operands into a vector provided they're all
824// small integer constants
825static bool getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
826 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &OffsetV) {
827 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
828 // Only accept small constant integer operands
829 auto Op = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
830 if (!Op || Op->getZExtValue() > 20)
831 return false;
832 }
833
834 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++)
835 OffsetV.push_back(GEP->getOperand(i));
836 return true;
837}
838
839// Takes a RelocatedBase (base pointer relocation instruction) and Targets to
840// replace, computes a replacement, and affects it.
841static bool
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000842simplifyRelocatesOffABase(GCRelocateInst *RelocatedBase,
843 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &Targets) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000844 bool MadeChange = false;
Serguei Katkov9e5604d2017-08-17 05:48:30 +0000845 // We must ensure the relocation of derived pointer is defined after
846 // relocation of base pointer. If we find a relocation corresponding to base
847 // defined earlier than relocation of base then we move relocation of base
848 // right before found relocation. We consider only relocation in the same
849 // basic block as relocation of base. Relocations from other basic block will
850 // be skipped by optimization and we do not care about them.
851 for (auto R = RelocatedBase->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt();
852 &*R != RelocatedBase; ++R)
853 if (auto RI = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(R))
854 if (RI->getStatepoint() == RelocatedBase->getStatepoint())
855 if (RI->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex()) {
856 RelocatedBase->moveBefore(RI);
857 break;
858 }
859
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000860 for (GCRelocateInst *ToReplace : Targets) {
861 assert(ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex() &&
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000862 "Not relocating a derived object of the original base object");
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000863 if (ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == ToReplace->getDerivedPtrIndex()) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000864 // A duplicate relocate call. TODO: coalesce duplicates.
865 continue;
866 }
867
Igor Laevskyf637b4a2015-11-03 18:37:40 +0000868 if (RelocatedBase->getParent() != ToReplace->getParent()) {
869 // Base and derived relocates are in different basic blocks.
870 // In this case transform is only valid when base dominates derived
871 // relocate. However it would be too expensive to check dominance
872 // for each such relocate, so we skip the whole transformation.
873 continue;
874 }
875
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000876 Value *Base = ToReplace->getBasePtr();
877 auto Derived = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(ToReplace->getDerivedPtr());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000878 if (!Derived || Derived->getPointerOperand() != Base)
879 continue;
880
881 SmallVector<Value *, 2> OffsetV;
882 if (!getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(Derived, OffsetV))
883 continue;
884
885 // Create a Builder and replace the target callsite with a gep
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +0000886 assert(RelocatedBase->getNextNode() &&
887 "Should always have one since it's not a terminator");
Sanjoy Das3d705e32015-05-11 23:47:30 +0000888
889 // Insert after RelocatedBase
890 IRBuilder<> Builder(RelocatedBase->getNextNode());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000891 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(ToReplace->getDebugLoc());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000892
893 // If gc_relocate does not match the actual type, cast it to the right type.
894 // In theory, there must be a bitcast after gc_relocate if the type does not
895 // match, and we should reuse it to get the derived pointer. But it could be
896 // cases like this:
897 // bb1:
898 // ...
899 // %g1 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
900 // br label %merge
901 //
902 // bb2:
903 // ...
904 // %g2 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
905 // br label %merge
906 //
907 // merge:
908 // %p1 = phi i8 addrspace(1)* [ %g1, %bb1 ], [ %g2, %bb2 ]
909 // %cast = bitcast i8 addrspace(1)* %p1 in to i32 addrspace(1)*
910 //
911 // In this case, we can not find the bitcast any more. So we insert a new bitcast
912 // no matter there is already one or not. In this way, we can handle all cases, and
913 // the extra bitcast should be optimized away in later passes.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000914 Value *ActualRelocatedBase = RelocatedBase;
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000915 if (RelocatedBase->getType() != Base->getType()) {
916 ActualRelocatedBase =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000917 Builder.CreateBitCast(RelocatedBase, Base->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000918 }
David Blaikie68d535c2015-03-24 22:38:16 +0000919 Value *Replacement = Builder.CreateGEP(
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000920 Derived->getSourceElementType(), ActualRelocatedBase, makeArrayRef(OffsetV));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000921 Replacement->takeName(ToReplace);
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000922 // If the newly generated derived pointer's type does not match the original derived
923 // pointer's type, cast the new derived pointer to match it. Same reasoning as above.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000924 Value *ActualReplacement = Replacement;
925 if (Replacement->getType() != ToReplace->getType()) {
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000926 ActualReplacement =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000927 Builder.CreateBitCast(Replacement, ToReplace->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000928 }
929 ToReplace->replaceAllUsesWith(ActualReplacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000930 ToReplace->eraseFromParent();
931
932 MadeChange = true;
933 }
934 return MadeChange;
935}
936
937// Turns this:
938//
939// %base = ...
940// %ptr = gep %base + 15
941// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
942// %base' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
943// %ptr' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 5)
944// %val = load %ptr'
945//
946// into this:
947//
948// %base = ...
949// %ptr = gep %base + 15
950// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
951// %base' = gc.relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
952// %ptr' = gep %base' + 15
953// %val = load %ptr'
954bool CodeGenPrepare::simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I) {
955 bool MadeChange = false;
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000956 SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2> AllRelocateCalls;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000957
958 for (auto *U : I.users())
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000959 if (GCRelocateInst *Relocate = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(U))
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000960 // Collect all the relocate calls associated with a statepoint
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000961 AllRelocateCalls.push_back(Relocate);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000962
963 // We need atleast one base pointer relocation + one derived pointer
964 // relocation to mangle
965 if (AllRelocateCalls.size() < 2)
966 return false;
967
968 // RelocateInstMap is a mapping from the base relocate instruction to the
969 // corresponding derived relocate instructions
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000970 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>> RelocateInstMap;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000971 computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(AllRelocateCalls, RelocateInstMap);
972 if (RelocateInstMap.empty())
973 return false;
974
975 for (auto &Item : RelocateInstMap)
976 // Item.first is the RelocatedBase to offset against
977 // Item.second is the vector of Targets to replace
978 MadeChange = simplifyRelocatesOffABase(Item.first, Item.second);
979 return MadeChange;
980}
981
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +0000982/// SinkCast - Sink the specified cast instruction into its user blocks
983static bool SinkCast(CastInst *CI) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000984 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000985
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000986 /// InsertedCasts - Only insert a cast in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +0000987 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CastInst*> InsertedCasts;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000988
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000989 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000990 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000991 UI != E; ) {
992 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
993 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000994
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000995 // Figure out which BB this cast is used in. For PHI's this is the
996 // appropriate predecessor block.
997 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
998 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000999 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(TheUse);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001000 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001001
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001002 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1003 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001004
David Majnemer0c80e2e2016-04-27 19:36:38 +00001005 // The first insertion point of a block containing an EH pad is after the
1006 // pad. If the pad is the user, we cannot sink the cast past the pad.
1007 if (User->isEHPad())
1008 continue;
1009
Andrew Kaylord0430e82015-11-23 19:16:15 +00001010 // If the block selected to receive the cast is an EH pad that does not
1011 // allow non-PHI instructions before the terminator, we can't sink the
1012 // cast.
1013 if (UserBB->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
1014 continue;
1015
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001016 // If this user is in the same block as the cast, don't change the cast.
1017 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001018
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001019 // If we have already inserted a cast into this block, use it.
1020 CastInst *&InsertedCast = InsertedCasts[UserBB];
1021
1022 if (!InsertedCast) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001023 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001024 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
1025 InsertedCast = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getOperand(0),
1026 CI->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001027 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001028
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001029 // Replace a use of the cast with a use of the new cast.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001030 TheUse = InsertedCast;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001031 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001032 ++NumCastUses;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001033 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001034
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001035 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cast.
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001036 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Adrian Prantl261ac8b2017-11-03 21:55:03 +00001037 salvageDebugInfo(*CI);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001038 CI->eraseFromParent();
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001039 MadeChange = true;
1040 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001041
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001042 return MadeChange;
1043}
1044
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001045/// If the specified cast instruction is a noop copy (e.g. it's casting from
1046/// one pointer type to another, i32->i8 on PPC), sink it into user blocks to
1047/// reduce the number of virtual registers that must be created and coalesced.
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001048///
1049/// Return true if any changes are made.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001050static bool OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CastInst *CI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
1051 const DataLayout &DL) {
Justin Lebar3e50a5b2016-11-21 22:49:15 +00001052 // Sink only "cheap" (or nop) address-space casts. This is a weaker condition
1053 // than sinking only nop casts, but is helpful on some platforms.
1054 if (auto *ASC = dyn_cast<AddrSpaceCastInst>(CI)) {
1055 if (!TLI.isCheapAddrSpaceCast(ASC->getSrcAddressSpace(),
1056 ASC->getDestAddressSpace()))
1057 return false;
1058 }
1059
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001060 // If this is a noop copy,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001061 EVT SrcVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getOperand(0)->getType());
1062 EVT DstVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getType());
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001063
1064 // This is an fp<->int conversion?
1065 if (SrcVT.isInteger() != DstVT.isInteger())
1066 return false;
1067
1068 // If this is an extension, it will be a zero or sign extension, which
1069 // isn't a noop.
1070 if (SrcVT.bitsLT(DstVT)) return false;
1071
1072 // If these values will be promoted, find out what they will be promoted
1073 // to. This helps us consider truncates on PPC as noop copies when they
1074 // are.
1075 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), SrcVT) ==
1076 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1077 SrcVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), SrcVT);
1078 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), DstVT) ==
1079 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1080 DstVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), DstVT);
1081
1082 // If, after promotion, these are the same types, this is a noop copy.
1083 if (SrcVT != DstVT)
1084 return false;
1085
1086 return SinkCast(CI);
1087}
1088
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001089/// Try to combine CI into a call to the llvm.uadd.with.overflow intrinsic if
1090/// possible.
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001091///
1092/// Return true if any changes were made.
1093static bool CombineUAddWithOverflow(CmpInst *CI) {
1094 Value *A, *B;
1095 Instruction *AddI;
1096 if (!match(CI,
1097 m_UAddWithOverflow(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Instruction(AddI))))
1098 return false;
1099
1100 Type *Ty = AddI->getType();
1101 if (!isa<IntegerType>(Ty))
1102 return false;
1103
1104 // We don't want to move around uses of condition values this late, so we we
1105 // check if it is legal to create the call to the intrinsic in the basic
1106 // block containing the icmp:
1107
1108 if (AddI->getParent() != CI->getParent() && !AddI->hasOneUse())
1109 return false;
1110
1111#ifndef NDEBUG
1112 // Someday m_UAddWithOverflow may get smarter, but this is a safe assumption
1113 // for now:
1114 if (AddI->hasOneUse())
1115 assert(*AddI->user_begin() == CI && "expected!");
1116#endif
1117
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00001118 Module *M = CI->getModule();
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001119 Value *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Ty);
1120
1121 auto *InsertPt = AddI->hasOneUse() ? CI : AddI;
1122
1123 auto *UAddWithOverflow =
1124 CallInst::Create(F, {A, B}, "uadd.overflow", InsertPt);
1125 auto *UAdd = ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 0, "uadd", InsertPt);
1126 auto *Overflow =
1127 ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 1, "overflow", InsertPt);
1128
1129 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Overflow);
1130 AddI->replaceAllUsesWith(UAdd);
1131 CI->eraseFromParent();
1132 AddI->eraseFromParent();
1133 return true;
1134}
1135
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001136/// Sink the given CmpInst into user blocks to reduce the number of virtual
1137/// registers that must be created and coalesced. This is a clear win except on
1138/// targets with multiple condition code registers (PowerPC), where it might
1139/// lose; some adjustment may be wanted there.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001140///
1141/// Return true if any changes are made.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001142static bool SinkCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001143 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001144
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001145 // Avoid sinking soft-FP comparisons, since this can move them into a loop.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001146 if (TLI && TLI->useSoftFloat() && isa<FCmpInst>(CI))
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001147 return false;
1148
1149 // Only insert a cmp in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001150 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CmpInst*> InsertedCmps;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001151
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001152 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001153 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001154 UI != E; ) {
1155 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1156 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001157
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001158 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1159 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001160
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001161 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1162 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1163 continue;
1164
1165 // Figure out which BB this cmp is used in.
1166 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001167
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001168 // If this user is in the same block as the cmp, don't change the cmp.
1169 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001170
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001171 // If we have already inserted a cmp into this block, use it.
1172 CmpInst *&InsertedCmp = InsertedCmps[UserBB];
1173
1174 if (!InsertedCmp) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001175 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001176 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001177 InsertedCmp =
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001178 CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(),
1179 CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1), "", &*InsertPt);
Wolfgang Piebe51bede2016-10-06 21:43:45 +00001180 // Propagate the debug info.
1181 InsertedCmp->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001182 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001183
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001184 // Replace a use of the cmp with a use of the new cmp.
1185 TheUse = InsertedCmp;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001186 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001187 ++NumCmpUses;
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001188 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001189
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001190 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cmp.
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001191 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001192 CI->eraseFromParent();
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001193 MadeChange = true;
1194 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001195
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001196 return MadeChange;
1197}
1198
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00001199static bool OptimizeCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001200 if (SinkCmpExpression(CI, TLI))
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001201 return true;
1202
1203 if (CombineUAddWithOverflow(CI))
1204 return true;
1205
1206 return false;
1207}
1208
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001209/// Duplicate and sink the given 'and' instruction into user blocks where it is
1210/// used in a compare to allow isel to generate better code for targets where
1211/// this operation can be combined.
1212///
1213/// Return true if any changes are made.
1214static bool sinkAndCmp0Expression(Instruction *AndI,
1215 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1216 SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts) {
1217 // Double-check that we're not trying to optimize an instruction that was
1218 // already optimized by some other part of this pass.
1219 assert(!InsertedInsts.count(AndI) &&
1220 "Attempting to optimize already optimized and instruction");
1221 (void) InsertedInsts;
1222
1223 // Nothing to do for single use in same basic block.
1224 if (AndI->hasOneUse() &&
1225 AndI->getParent() == cast<Instruction>(*AndI->user_begin())->getParent())
1226 return false;
1227
1228 // Try to avoid cases where sinking/duplicating is likely to increase register
1229 // pressure.
1230 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(0)) &&
1231 !isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(1)) &&
1232 AndI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && AndI->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())
1233 return false;
1234
1235 for (auto *U : AndI->users()) {
1236 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U);
1237
1238 // Only sink for and mask feeding icmp with 0.
1239 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(User))
1240 return false;
1241
1242 auto *CmpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1));
1243 if (!CmpC || !CmpC->isZero())
1244 return false;
1245 }
1246
1247 if (!TLI.isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(*AndI))
1248 return false;
1249
1250 DEBUG(dbgs() << "found 'and' feeding only icmp 0;\n");
1251 DEBUG(AndI->getParent()->dump());
1252
1253 // Push the 'and' into the same block as the icmp 0. There should only be
1254 // one (icmp (and, 0)) in each block, since CSE/GVN should have removed any
1255 // others, so we don't need to keep track of which BBs we insert into.
1256 for (Value::user_iterator UI = AndI->user_begin(), E = AndI->user_end();
1257 UI != E; ) {
1258 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1259 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1260
1261 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1262 ++UI;
1263
1264 DEBUG(dbgs() << "sinking 'and' use: " << *User << "\n");
1265
1266 // Keep the 'and' in the same place if the use is already in the same block.
1267 Instruction *InsertPt =
1268 User->getParent() == AndI->getParent() ? AndI : User;
1269 Instruction *InsertedAnd =
1270 BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::And, AndI->getOperand(0),
1271 AndI->getOperand(1), "", InsertPt);
1272 // Propagate the debug info.
1273 InsertedAnd->setDebugLoc(AndI->getDebugLoc());
1274
1275 // Replace a use of the 'and' with a use of the new 'and'.
1276 TheUse = InsertedAnd;
1277 ++NumAndUses;
1278 DEBUG(User->getParent()->dump());
1279 }
1280
1281 // We removed all uses, nuke the and.
1282 AndI->eraseFromParent();
1283 return true;
1284}
1285
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001286/// Check if the candidates could be combined with a shift instruction, which
1287/// includes:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001288/// 1. Truncate instruction
1289/// 2. And instruction and the imm is a mask of the low bits:
1290/// imm & (imm+1) == 0
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001291static bool isExtractBitsCandidateUse(Instruction *User) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001292 if (!isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
1293 if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::And ||
1294 !isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
1295 return false;
1296
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001297 const APInt &Cimm = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getValue();
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001298
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001299 if ((Cimm & (Cimm + 1)).getBoolValue())
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001300 return false;
1301 }
1302 return true;
1303}
1304
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001305/// Sink both shift and truncate instruction to the use of truncate's BB.
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001306static bool
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001307SinkShiftAndTruncate(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, Instruction *User, ConstantInt *CI,
1308 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> &InsertedShifts,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001309 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001310 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1311 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, CastInst *> InsertedTruncs;
1312 TruncInst *TruncI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(User);
1313 bool MadeChange = false;
1314
1315 for (Value::user_iterator TruncUI = TruncI->user_begin(),
1316 TruncE = TruncI->user_end();
1317 TruncUI != TruncE;) {
1318
1319 Use &TruncTheUse = TruncUI.getUse();
1320 Instruction *TruncUser = cast<Instruction>(*TruncUI);
1321 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1322
1323 ++TruncUI;
1324
1325 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(TruncUser->getOpcode());
1326 if (!ISDOpcode)
1327 continue;
1328
Tim Northovere2239ff2014-07-29 10:20:22 +00001329 // If the use is actually a legal node, there will not be an
1330 // implicit truncate.
1331 // FIXME: always querying the result type is just an
1332 // approximation; some nodes' legality is determined by the
1333 // operand or other means. There's no good way to find out though.
Ahmed Bougacha0788d492014-11-12 22:16:55 +00001334 if (TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001335 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, TruncUser->getType(), true)))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001336 continue;
1337
1338 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1339 if (isa<PHINode>(TruncUser))
1340 continue;
1341
1342 BasicBlock *TruncUserBB = TruncUser->getParent();
1343
1344 if (UserBB == TruncUserBB)
1345 continue;
1346
1347 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[TruncUserBB];
1348 CastInst *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[TruncUserBB];
1349
1350 if (!InsertedShift && !InsertedTrunc) {
1351 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001352 assert(InsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001353 // Sink the shift
1354 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001355 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1356 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001357 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001358 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1359 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001360
1361 // Sink the trunc
1362 BasicBlock::iterator TruncInsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
1363 TruncInsertPt++;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001364 assert(TruncInsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001365
1366 InsertedTrunc = CastInst::Create(TruncI->getOpcode(), InsertedShift,
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001367 TruncI->getType(), "", &*TruncInsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001368
1369 MadeChange = true;
1370
1371 TruncTheUse = InsertedTrunc;
1372 }
1373 }
1374 return MadeChange;
1375}
1376
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001377/// Sink the shift *right* instruction into user blocks if the uses could
1378/// potentially be combined with this shift instruction and generate BitExtract
1379/// instruction. It will only be applied if the architecture supports BitExtract
1380/// instruction. Here is an example:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001381/// BB1:
1382/// %x.extract.shift = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1383/// BB2:
1384/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift to i16
1385/// ==>
1386///
1387/// BB2:
1388/// %x.extract.shift.1 = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1389/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift.1 to i16
1390///
1391/// CodeGen will recoginze the pattern in BB2 and generate BitExtract
1392/// instruction.
1393/// Return true if any changes are made.
1394static bool OptimizeExtractBits(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, ConstantInt *CI,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001395 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1396 const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001397 BasicBlock *DefBB = ShiftI->getParent();
1398
1399 /// Only insert instructions in each block once.
1400 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> InsertedShifts;
1401
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001402 bool shiftIsLegal = TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, ShiftI->getType()));
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001403
1404 bool MadeChange = false;
1405 for (Value::user_iterator UI = ShiftI->user_begin(), E = ShiftI->user_end();
1406 UI != E;) {
1407 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1408 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1409 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1410 ++UI;
1411
1412 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1413 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1414 continue;
1415
1416 if (!isExtractBitsCandidateUse(User))
1417 continue;
1418
1419 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1420
1421 if (UserBB == DefBB) {
1422 // If the shift and truncate instruction are in the same BB. The use of
1423 // the truncate(TruncUse) may still introduce another truncate if not
1424 // legal. In this case, we would like to sink both shift and truncate
1425 // instruction to the BB of TruncUse.
1426 // for example:
1427 // BB1:
1428 // i64 shift.result = lshr i64 opnd, imm
1429 // trunc.result = trunc shift.result to i16
1430 //
1431 // BB2:
1432 // ----> We will have an implicit truncate here if the architecture does
1433 // not have i16 compare.
1434 // cmp i16 trunc.result, opnd2
1435 //
1436 if (isa<TruncInst>(User) && shiftIsLegal
1437 // If the type of the truncate is legal, no trucate will be
1438 // introduced in other basic blocks.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001439 &&
1440 (!TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, User->getType()))))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001441 MadeChange =
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001442 SinkShiftAndTruncate(ShiftI, User, CI, InsertedShifts, TLI, DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001443
1444 continue;
1445 }
1446 // If we have already inserted a shift into this block, use it.
1447 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[UserBB];
1448
1449 if (!InsertedShift) {
1450 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001451 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001452
1453 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001454 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1455 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001456 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001457 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1458 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001459
1460 MadeChange = true;
1461 }
1462
1463 // Replace a use of the shift with a use of the new shift.
1464 TheUse = InsertedShift;
1465 }
1466
1467 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shift.
1468 if (ShiftI->use_empty())
1469 ShiftI->eraseFromParent();
1470
1471 return MadeChange;
1472}
1473
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001474/// If counting leading or trailing zeros is an expensive operation and a zero
1475/// input is defined, add a check for zero to avoid calling the intrinsic.
1476///
1477/// We want to transform:
1478/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 false)
1479///
1480/// into:
1481/// entry:
1482/// %cmpz = icmp eq i64 %A, 0
1483/// br i1 %cmpz, label %cond.end, label %cond.false
1484/// cond.false:
1485/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 true)
1486/// br label %cond.end
1487/// cond.end:
1488/// %ctz = phi i64 [ 64, %entry ], [ %z, %cond.false ]
1489///
1490/// If the transform is performed, return true and set ModifiedDT to true.
1491static bool despeculateCountZeros(IntrinsicInst *CountZeros,
1492 const TargetLowering *TLI,
1493 const DataLayout *DL,
1494 bool &ModifiedDT) {
1495 if (!TLI || !DL)
1496 return false;
1497
1498 // If a zero input is undefined, it doesn't make sense to despeculate that.
1499 if (match(CountZeros->getOperand(1), m_One()))
1500 return false;
1501
1502 // If it's cheap to speculate, there's nothing to do.
1503 auto IntrinsicID = CountZeros->getIntrinsicID();
1504 if ((IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::cttz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCttz()) ||
1505 (IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::ctlz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCtlz()))
1506 return false;
1507
1508 // Only handle legal scalar cases. Anything else requires too much work.
1509 Type *Ty = CountZeros->getType();
1510 unsigned SizeInBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Jun Bum Limbe11bdc2016-05-13 18:38:35 +00001511 if (Ty->isVectorTy() || SizeInBits > DL->getLargestLegalIntTypeSizeInBits())
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001512 return false;
1513
1514 // The intrinsic will be sunk behind a compare against zero and branch.
1515 BasicBlock *StartBlock = CountZeros->getParent();
1516 BasicBlock *CallBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(CountZeros, "cond.false");
1517
1518 // Create another block after the count zero intrinsic. A PHI will be added
1519 // in this block to select the result of the intrinsic or the bit-width
1520 // constant if the input to the intrinsic is zero.
1521 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(CountZeros));
1522 BasicBlock *EndBlock = CallBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "cond.end");
1523
1524 // Set up a builder to create a compare, conditional branch, and PHI.
1525 IRBuilder<> Builder(CountZeros->getContext());
1526 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBlock->getTerminator());
1527 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CountZeros->getDebugLoc());
1528
1529 // Replace the unconditional branch that was created by the first split with
1530 // a compare against zero and a conditional branch.
1531 Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1532 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CountZeros->getOperand(0), Zero, "cmpz");
1533 Builder.CreateCondBr(Cmp, EndBlock, CallBlock);
1534 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
1535
1536 // Create a PHI in the end block to select either the output of the intrinsic
1537 // or the bit width of the operand.
1538 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EndBlock->front());
1539 PHINode *PN = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty, 2, "ctz");
1540 CountZeros->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
1541 Value *BitWidth = Builder.getInt(APInt(SizeInBits, SizeInBits));
1542 PN->addIncoming(BitWidth, StartBlock);
1543 PN->addIncoming(CountZeros, CallBlock);
1544
1545 // We are explicitly handling the zero case, so we can set the intrinsic's
1546 // undefined zero argument to 'true'. This will also prevent reprocessing the
1547 // intrinsic; we only despeculate when a zero input is defined.
1548 CountZeros->setArgOperand(1, Builder.getTrue());
1549 ModifiedDT = true;
1550 return true;
1551}
1552
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00001553bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001554 BasicBlock *BB = CI->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001555
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001556 // Lower inline assembly if we can.
1557 // If we found an inline asm expession, and if the target knows how to
1558 // lower it to normal LLVM code, do so now.
1559 if (TLI && isa<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue())) {
1560 if (TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CI)) {
1561 // Avoid invalidating the iterator.
1562 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1563 // Avoid processing instructions out of order, which could cause
1564 // reuse before a value is defined.
1565 SunkAddrs.clear();
1566 return true;
1567 }
1568 // Sink address computing for memory operands into the block.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001569 if (optimizeInlineAsmInst(CI))
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001570 return true;
1571 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001572
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001573 // Align the pointer arguments to this call if the target thinks it's a good
1574 // idea
1575 unsigned MinSize, PrefAlign;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001576 if (TLI && TLI->shouldAlignPointerArgs(CI, MinSize, PrefAlign)) {
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001577 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1578 // We want to align both objects whose address is used directly and
1579 // objects whose address is used in casts and GEPs, though it only makes
1580 // sense for GEPs if the offset is a multiple of the desired alignment and
1581 // if size - offset meets the size threshold.
1582 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1583 continue;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001584 APInt Offset(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(
1585 cast<PointerType>(Arg->getType())->getAddressSpace()),
1586 0);
1587 Value *Val = Arg->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(*DL, Offset);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001588 uint64_t Offset2 = Offset.getLimitedValue();
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001589 if ((Offset2 & (PrefAlign-1)) != 0)
1590 continue;
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001591 AllocaInst *AI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001592 if ((AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val)) && AI->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1593 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()) >= MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001594 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001595 // Global variables can only be aligned if they are defined in this
1596 // object (i.e. they are uniquely initialized in this object), and
1597 // over-aligning global variables that have an explicit section is
1598 // forbidden.
1599 GlobalVariable *GV;
James Y Knightac03dca2016-01-15 16:33:06 +00001600 if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Val)) && GV->canIncreaseAlignment() &&
Tim Northover918f0502016-07-18 18:28:52 +00001601 GV->getPointerAlignment(*DL) < PrefAlign &&
Manuel Jacob5f6eaac2016-01-16 20:30:46 +00001602 DL->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getValueType()) >=
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001603 MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001604 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001605 }
1606 // If this is a memcpy (or similar) then we may be able to improve the
1607 // alignment
1608 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(CI)) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001609 unsigned Align = getKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), *DL);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001610 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI))
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001611 Align = std::min(Align, getKnownAlignment(MTI->getSource(), *DL));
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00001612 if (Align > MI->getAlignment())
1613 MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(), Align));
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001614 }
1615 }
1616
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00001617 // If we have a cold call site, try to sink addressing computation into the
1618 // cold block. This interacts with our handling for loads and stores to
1619 // ensure that we can fold all uses of a potential addressing computation
1620 // into their uses. TODO: generalize this to work over profiling data
1621 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
1622 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1623 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1624 continue;
1625 unsigned AS = Arg->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1626 return optimizeMemoryInst(CI, Arg, Arg->getType(), AS);
1627 }
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00001628
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001629 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001630 if (II) {
1631 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1632 default: break;
1633 case Intrinsic::objectsize: {
1634 // Lower all uses of llvm.objectsize.*
George Burgess IV3f089142016-12-20 23:46:36 +00001635 ConstantInt *RetVal =
1636 lowerObjectSizeCall(II, *DL, TLInfo, /*MustSucceed=*/true);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001637 // Substituting this can cause recursive simplifications, which can
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00001638 // invalidate our iterator. Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case
1639 // this
Sanjoy Das2cbeb002017-04-26 16:37:05 +00001640 // happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00001641 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00001642 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001643
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +00001644 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001645
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001646 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
1647 // start of the block.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00001648 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001649 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1650 SunkAddrs.clear();
1651 }
1652 return true;
Chris Lattner86d56c62011-01-18 20:53:04 +00001653 }
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001654 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxr:
1655 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stxr: {
1656 ZExtInst *ExtVal = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0));
1657 if (!ExtVal || !ExtVal->hasOneUse() ||
1658 ExtVal->getParent() == CI->getParent())
1659 return false;
1660 // Sink a zext feeding stlxr/stxr before it, so it can be folded into it.
1661 ExtVal->moveBefore(CI);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00001662 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
1663 // optimizations don't touch it.
1664 InsertedInsts.insert(ExtVal);
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001665 return true;
1666 }
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00001667 case Intrinsic::invariant_group_barrier:
1668 II->replaceAllUsesWith(II->getArgOperand(0));
1669 II->eraseFromParent();
1670 return true;
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001671
1672 case Intrinsic::cttz:
1673 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
1674 // If counting zeros is expensive, try to avoid it.
1675 return despeculateCountZeros(II, TLI, DL, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001676 }
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001677
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001678 if (TLI) {
1679 SmallVector<Value*, 2> PtrOps;
1680 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001681 if (TLI->getAddrModeArguments(II, PtrOps, AccessTy))
1682 while (!PtrOps.empty()) {
1683 Value *PtrVal = PtrOps.pop_back_val();
1684 unsigned AS = PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1685 if (optimizeMemoryInst(II, PtrVal, AccessTy, AS))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001686 return true;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001687 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001688 }
Pete Cooper615fd892012-03-13 20:59:56 +00001689 }
1690
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001691 // From here on out we're working with named functions.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001692 if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return false;
Devang Patel0da52502011-05-26 21:51:06 +00001693
Benjamin Kramer7b88a492010-03-12 09:27:41 +00001694 // Lower all default uses of _chk calls. This is very similar
1695 // to what InstCombineCalls does, but here we are only lowering calls
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001696 // to fortified library functions (e.g. __memcpy_chk) that have the default
1697 // "don't know" as the objectsize. Anything else should be left alone.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001698 FortifiedLibCallSimplifier Simplifier(TLInfo, true);
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001699 if (Value *V = Simplifier.optimizeCall(CI)) {
1700 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1701 CI->eraseFromParent();
1702 return true;
1703 }
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00001704
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001705 return false;
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001706}
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001707
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001708/// Look for opportunities to duplicate return instructions to the predecessor
1709/// to enable tail call optimizations. The case it is currently looking for is:
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001710/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001711/// bb0:
1712/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1713/// br label %return
1714/// bb1:
1715/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1716/// br label %return
1717/// bb2:
1718/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1719/// br label %return
1720/// return:
1721/// %retval = phi i32 [ %tmp0, %bb0 ], [ %tmp1, %bb1 ], [ %tmp2, %bb2 ]
1722/// ret i32 %retval
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001723/// @endcode
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001724///
1725/// =>
1726///
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001727/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001728/// bb0:
1729/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1730/// ret i32 %tmp0
1731/// bb1:
1732/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1733/// ret i32 %tmp1
1734/// bb2:
1735/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1736/// ret i32 %tmp2
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001737/// @endcode
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001738bool CodeGenPrepare::dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB) {
Cameron Zwarich47e71752011-03-24 04:51:51 +00001739 if (!TLI)
1740 return false;
1741
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001742 ReturnInst *RetI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator());
1743 if (!RetI)
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00001744 return false;
1745
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001746 PHINode *PN = nullptr;
1747 BitCastInst *BCI = nullptr;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001748 Value *V = RetI->getReturnValue();
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001749 if (V) {
1750 BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V);
1751 if (BCI)
1752 V = BCI->getOperand(0);
1753
1754 PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V);
1755 if (!PN)
1756 return false;
1757 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001758
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001759 if (PN && PN->getParent() != BB)
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001760 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001761
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001762 // Make sure there are no instructions between the PHI and return, or that the
1763 // return is the first instruction in the block.
1764 if (PN) {
1765 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1766 do { ++BI; } while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI));
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001767 if (&*BI == BCI)
1768 // Also skip over the bitcast.
1769 ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001770 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001771 return false;
1772 } else {
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001773 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1774 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI)) ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001775 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001776 return false;
1777 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001778
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001779 /// Only dup the ReturnInst if the CallInst is likely to be emitted as a tail
1780 /// call.
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001781 const Function *F = BB->getParent();
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001782 SmallVector<CallInst*, 4> TailCalls;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001783 if (PN) {
1784 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1785 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(I));
1786 // Make sure the phi value is indeed produced by the tail call.
1787 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse() && CI->getParent() == PN->getIncomingBlock(I) &&
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001788 TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1789 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001790 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1791 }
1792 } else {
1793 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001794 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); PI != PE; ++PI) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001795 if (!VisitedBBs.insert(*PI).second)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001796 continue;
1797
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001798 BasicBlock::InstListType &InstList = (*PI)->getInstList();
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001799 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RI = InstList.rbegin();
1800 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RE = InstList.rend();
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001801 do { ++RI; } while (RI != RE && isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*RI));
1802 if (RI == RE)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001803 continue;
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001804
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001805 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&*RI);
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001806 if (CI && CI->use_empty() && TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1807 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001808 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1809 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001810 }
1811
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001812 bool Changed = false;
1813 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TailCalls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1814 CallInst *CI = TailCalls[i];
1815 CallSite CS(CI);
1816
1817 // Conservatively require the attributes of the call to match those of the
1818 // return. Ignore noalias because it doesn't affect the call sequence.
Reid Klecknerb5180542017-03-21 16:57:19 +00001819 AttributeList CalleeAttrs = CS.getAttributes();
1820 if (AttrBuilder(CalleeAttrs, AttributeList::ReturnIndex)
1821 .removeAttribute(Attribute::NoAlias) !=
1822 AttrBuilder(CalleeAttrs, AttributeList::ReturnIndex)
1823 .removeAttribute(Attribute::NoAlias))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001824 continue;
1825
1826 // Make sure the call instruction is followed by an unconditional branch to
1827 // the return block.
1828 BasicBlock *CallBB = CI->getParent();
1829 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CallBB->getTerminator());
1830 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB)
1831 continue;
1832
1833 // Duplicate the return into CallBB.
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001834 (void)FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(RetI, BB, CallBB);
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +00001835 ModifiedDT = Changed = true;
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001836 ++NumRetsDup;
1837 }
1838
1839 // If we eliminated all predecessors of the block, delete the block now.
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +00001840 if (Changed && !BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001841 BB->eraseFromParent();
1842
1843 return Changed;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001844}
1845
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001846//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001847// Memory Optimization
1848//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1849
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001850namespace {
1851
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001852/// This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001853/// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
Chandler Carruth95f83e02013-01-07 15:14:13 +00001854struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001855 Value *BaseReg = nullptr;
1856 Value *ScaledReg = nullptr;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001857 Value *OriginalValue = nullptr;
1858
1859 enum FieldName {
1860 NoField = 0x00,
1861 BaseRegField = 0x01,
1862 BaseGVField = 0x02,
1863 BaseOffsField = 0x04,
1864 ScaledRegField = 0x08,
1865 ScaleField = 0x10,
1866 MultipleFields = 0xff
1867 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001868
1869 ExtAddrMode() = default;
1870
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001871 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
1872 void dump() const;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00001873
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001874 FieldName compare(const ExtAddrMode &other) {
1875 // First check that the types are the same on each field, as differing types
1876 // is something we can't cope with later on.
1877 if (BaseReg && other.BaseReg &&
1878 BaseReg->getType() != other.BaseReg->getType())
1879 return MultipleFields;
1880 if (BaseGV && other.BaseGV &&
1881 BaseGV->getType() != other.BaseGV->getType())
1882 return MultipleFields;
1883 if (ScaledReg && other.ScaledReg &&
1884 ScaledReg->getType() != other.ScaledReg->getType())
1885 return MultipleFields;
1886
1887 // Check each field to see if it differs.
1888 unsigned Result = NoField;
1889 if (BaseReg != other.BaseReg)
1890 Result |= BaseRegField;
1891 if (BaseGV != other.BaseGV)
1892 Result |= BaseGVField;
1893 if (BaseOffs != other.BaseOffs)
1894 Result |= BaseOffsField;
1895 if (ScaledReg != other.ScaledReg)
1896 Result |= ScaledRegField;
1897 // Don't count 0 as being a different scale, because that actually means
1898 // unscaled (which will already be counted by having no ScaledReg).
1899 if (Scale && other.Scale && Scale != other.Scale)
1900 Result |= ScaleField;
1901
1902 if (countPopulation(Result) > 1)
1903 return MultipleFields;
1904 else
1905 return static_cast<FieldName>(Result);
1906 }
1907
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001908 // An AddrMode is trivial if it involves no calculation i.e. it is just a base
1909 // with no offset.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001910 bool isTrivial() {
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001911 // An AddrMode is (BaseGV + BaseReg + BaseOffs + ScaleReg * Scale) so it is
1912 // trivial if at most one of these terms is nonzero, except that BaseGV and
1913 // BaseReg both being zero actually means a null pointer value, which we
1914 // consider to be 'non-zero' here.
1915 return !BaseOffs && !Scale && !(BaseGV && BaseReg);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001916 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00001917
1918 Value *GetFieldAsValue(FieldName Field, Type *IntPtrTy) {
1919 switch (Field) {
1920 default:
1921 return nullptr;
1922 case BaseRegField:
1923 return BaseReg;
1924 case BaseGVField:
1925 return BaseGV;
1926 case ScaledRegField:
1927 return ScaledReg;
1928 case BaseOffsField:
1929 return ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffs);
1930 }
1931 }
1932
1933 void SetCombinedField(FieldName Field, Value *V,
1934 const SmallVectorImpl<ExtAddrMode> &AddrModes) {
1935 switch (Field) {
1936 default:
1937 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled fields are expected to be rejected earlier");
1938 break;
1939 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
1940 BaseReg = V;
1941 break;
1942 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
1943 // A combined BaseGV is an Instruction, not a GlobalValue, so it goes
1944 // in the BaseReg field.
1945 assert(BaseReg == nullptr);
1946 BaseReg = V;
1947 BaseGV = nullptr;
1948 break;
1949 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
1950 ScaledReg = V;
1951 // If we have a mix of scaled and unscaled addrmodes then we want scale
1952 // to be the scale and not zero.
1953 if (!Scale)
1954 for (const ExtAddrMode &AM : AddrModes)
1955 if (AM.Scale) {
1956 Scale = AM.Scale;
1957 break;
1958 }
1959 break;
1960 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
1961 // The offset is no longer a constant, so it goes in ScaledReg with a
1962 // scale of 1.
1963 assert(ScaledReg == nullptr);
1964 ScaledReg = V;
1965 Scale = 1;
1966 BaseOffs = 0;
1967 break;
1968 }
1969 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001970};
1971
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001972} // end anonymous namespace
1973
Eli Friedmanc1f1f852013-09-10 23:09:24 +00001974#ifndef NDEBUG
1975static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ExtAddrMode &AM) {
1976 AM.print(OS);
1977 return OS;
1978}
1979#endif
1980
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00001981#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001982void ExtAddrMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
1983 bool NeedPlus = false;
1984 OS << "[";
1985 if (BaseGV) {
1986 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
1987 << "GV:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00001988 BaseGV->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001989 NeedPlus = true;
1990 }
1991
Richard Trieuc0f91212014-05-30 03:15:17 +00001992 if (BaseOffs) {
1993 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
1994 << BaseOffs;
1995 NeedPlus = true;
1996 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001997
1998 if (BaseReg) {
1999 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2000 << "Base:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002001 BaseReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002002 NeedPlus = true;
2003 }
2004 if (Scale) {
2005 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2006 << Scale << "*";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002007 ScaledReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002008 }
2009
2010 OS << ']';
2011}
2012
Yaron Kereneb2a2542016-01-29 20:50:44 +00002013LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ExtAddrMode::dump() const {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002014 print(dbgs());
2015 dbgs() << '\n';
2016}
2017#endif
2018
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002019namespace {
2020
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002021/// \brief This class provides transaction based operation on the IR.
2022/// Every change made through this class is recorded in the internal state and
2023/// can be undone (rollback) until commit is called.
2024class TypePromotionTransaction {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002025 /// \brief This represents the common interface of the individual transaction.
2026 /// Each class implements the logic for doing one specific modification on
2027 /// the IR via the TypePromotionTransaction.
2028 class TypePromotionAction {
2029 protected:
2030 /// The Instruction modified.
2031 Instruction *Inst;
2032
2033 public:
2034 /// \brief Constructor of the action.
2035 /// The constructor performs the related action on the IR.
2036 TypePromotionAction(Instruction *Inst) : Inst(Inst) {}
2037
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002038 virtual ~TypePromotionAction() = default;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002039
2040 /// \brief Undo the modification done by this action.
2041 /// When this method is called, the IR must be in the same state as it was
2042 /// before this action was applied.
2043 /// \pre Undoing the action works if and only if the IR is in the exact same
2044 /// state as it was directly after this action was applied.
2045 virtual void undo() = 0;
2046
2047 /// \brief Advocate every change made by this action.
2048 /// When the results on the IR of the action are to be kept, it is important
2049 /// to call this function, otherwise hidden information may be kept forever.
2050 virtual void commit() {
2051 // Nothing to be done, this action is not doing anything.
2052 }
2053 };
2054
2055 /// \brief Utility to remember the position of an instruction.
2056 class InsertionHandler {
2057 /// Position of an instruction.
2058 /// Either an instruction:
2059 /// - Is the first in a basic block: BB is used.
2060 /// - Has a previous instructon: PrevInst is used.
2061 union {
2062 Instruction *PrevInst;
2063 BasicBlock *BB;
2064 } Point;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002065
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002066 /// Remember whether or not the instruction had a previous instruction.
2067 bool HasPrevInstruction;
2068
2069 public:
2070 /// \brief Record the position of \p Inst.
2071 InsertionHandler(Instruction *Inst) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002072 BasicBlock::iterator It = Inst->getIterator();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002073 HasPrevInstruction = (It != (Inst->getParent()->begin()));
2074 if (HasPrevInstruction)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002075 Point.PrevInst = &*--It;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002076 else
2077 Point.BB = Inst->getParent();
2078 }
2079
2080 /// \brief Insert \p Inst at the recorded position.
2081 void insert(Instruction *Inst) {
2082 if (HasPrevInstruction) {
2083 if (Inst->getParent())
2084 Inst->removeFromParent();
2085 Inst->insertAfter(Point.PrevInst);
2086 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002087 Instruction *Position = &*Point.BB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002088 if (Inst->getParent())
2089 Inst->moveBefore(Position);
2090 else
2091 Inst->insertBefore(Position);
2092 }
2093 }
2094 };
2095
2096 /// \brief Move an instruction before another.
2097 class InstructionMoveBefore : public TypePromotionAction {
2098 /// Original position of the instruction.
2099 InsertionHandler Position;
2100
2101 public:
2102 /// \brief Move \p Inst before \p Before.
2103 InstructionMoveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before)
2104 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Position(Inst) {
2105 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: move: " << *Inst << "\nbefore: " << *Before << "\n");
2106 Inst->moveBefore(Before);
2107 }
2108
2109 /// \brief Move the instruction back to its original position.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002110 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002111 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: moveBefore: " << *Inst << "\n");
2112 Position.insert(Inst);
2113 }
2114 };
2115
2116 /// \brief Set the operand of an instruction with a new value.
2117 class OperandSetter : public TypePromotionAction {
2118 /// Original operand of the instruction.
2119 Value *Origin;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002120
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002121 /// Index of the modified instruction.
2122 unsigned Idx;
2123
2124 public:
2125 /// \brief Set \p Idx operand of \p Inst with \p NewVal.
2126 OperandSetter(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal)
2127 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Idx(Idx) {
2128 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: setOperand: " << Idx << "\n"
2129 << "for:" << *Inst << "\n"
2130 << "with:" << *NewVal << "\n");
2131 Origin = Inst->getOperand(Idx);
2132 Inst->setOperand(Idx, NewVal);
2133 }
2134
2135 /// \brief Restore the original value of the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002136 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002137 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: setOperand:" << Idx << "\n"
2138 << "for: " << *Inst << "\n"
2139 << "with: " << *Origin << "\n");
2140 Inst->setOperand(Idx, Origin);
2141 }
2142 };
2143
2144 /// \brief Hide the operands of an instruction.
2145 /// Do as if this instruction was not using any of its operands.
2146 class OperandsHider : public TypePromotionAction {
2147 /// The list of original operands.
2148 SmallVector<Value *, 4> OriginalValues;
2149
2150 public:
2151 /// \brief Remove \p Inst from the uses of the operands of \p Inst.
2152 OperandsHider(Instruction *Inst) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
2153 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
2154 unsigned NumOpnds = Inst->getNumOperands();
2155 OriginalValues.reserve(NumOpnds);
2156 for (unsigned It = 0; It < NumOpnds; ++It) {
2157 // Save the current operand.
2158 Value *Val = Inst->getOperand(It);
2159 OriginalValues.push_back(Val);
2160 // Set a dummy one.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002161 // We could use OperandSetter here, but that would imply an overhead
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002162 // that we are not willing to pay.
2163 Inst->setOperand(It, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
2164 }
2165 }
2166
2167 /// \brief Restore the original list of uses.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002168 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002169 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
2170 for (unsigned It = 0, EndIt = OriginalValues.size(); It != EndIt; ++It)
2171 Inst->setOperand(It, OriginalValues[It]);
2172 }
2173 };
2174
2175 /// \brief Build a truncate instruction.
2176 class TruncBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002177 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002178
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002179 public:
2180 /// \brief Build a truncate instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
2181 /// result.
2182 /// trunc Opnd to Ty.
2183 TruncBuilder(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty) : TypePromotionAction(Opnd) {
2184 IRBuilder<> Builder(Opnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002185 Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
2186 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002187 }
2188
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002189 /// \brief Get the built value.
2190 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002191
2192 /// \brief Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002193 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002194 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
2195 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2196 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002197 }
2198 };
2199
2200 /// \brief Build a sign extension instruction.
2201 class SExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002202 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002203
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002204 public:
2205 /// \brief Build a sign extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
2206 /// result.
2207 /// sext Opnd to Ty.
2208 SExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002209 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002210 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002211 Val = Builder.CreateSExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
2212 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002213 }
2214
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002215 /// \brief Get the built value.
2216 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002217
2218 /// \brief Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002219 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002220 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
2221 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2222 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002223 }
2224 };
2225
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002226 /// \brief Build a zero extension instruction.
2227 class ZExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002228 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002229
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002230 public:
2231 /// \brief Build a zero extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
2232 /// result.
2233 /// zext Opnd to Ty.
2234 ZExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002235 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002236 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002237 Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
2238 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002239 }
2240
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002241 /// \brief Get the built value.
2242 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002243
2244 /// \brief Remove the built instruction.
2245 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002246 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
2247 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2248 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002249 }
2250 };
2251
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002252 /// \brief Mutate an instruction to another type.
2253 class TypeMutator : public TypePromotionAction {
2254 /// Record the original type.
2255 Type *OrigTy;
2256
2257 public:
2258 /// \brief Mutate the type of \p Inst into \p NewTy.
2259 TypeMutator(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy)
2260 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), OrigTy(Inst->getType()) {
2261 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *NewTy
2262 << "\n");
2263 Inst->mutateType(NewTy);
2264 }
2265
2266 /// \brief Mutate the instruction back to its original type.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002267 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002268 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *OrigTy
2269 << "\n");
2270 Inst->mutateType(OrigTy);
2271 }
2272 };
2273
2274 /// \brief Replace the uses of an instruction by another instruction.
2275 class UsesReplacer : public TypePromotionAction {
2276 /// Helper structure to keep track of the replaced uses.
2277 struct InstructionAndIdx {
2278 /// The instruction using the instruction.
2279 Instruction *Inst;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002280
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002281 /// The index where this instruction is used for Inst.
2282 unsigned Idx;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002283
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002284 InstructionAndIdx(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx)
2285 : Inst(Inst), Idx(Idx) {}
2286 };
2287
2288 /// Keep track of the original uses (pair Instruction, Index).
2289 SmallVector<InstructionAndIdx, 4> OriginalUses;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002290
2291 using use_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<InstructionAndIdx>::iterator;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002292
2293 public:
2294 /// \brief Replace all the use of \p Inst by \p New.
2295 UsesReplacer(Instruction *Inst, Value *New) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
2296 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << " with " << *New
2297 << "\n");
2298 // Record the original uses.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002299 for (Use &U : Inst->uses()) {
2300 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2301 OriginalUses.push_back(InstructionAndIdx(UserI, U.getOperandNo()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002302 }
2303 // Now, we can replace the uses.
2304 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
2305 }
2306
2307 /// \brief Reassign the original uses of Inst to Inst.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002308 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002309 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << "\n");
2310 for (use_iterator UseIt = OriginalUses.begin(),
2311 EndIt = OriginalUses.end();
2312 UseIt != EndIt; ++UseIt) {
2313 UseIt->Inst->setOperand(UseIt->Idx, Inst);
2314 }
2315 }
2316 };
2317
2318 /// \brief Remove an instruction from the IR.
2319 class InstructionRemover : public TypePromotionAction {
2320 /// Original position of the instruction.
2321 InsertionHandler Inserter;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002322
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002323 /// Helper structure to hide all the link to the instruction. In other
2324 /// words, this helps to do as if the instruction was removed.
2325 OperandsHider Hider;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002326
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002327 /// Keep track of the uses replaced, if any.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002328 UsesReplacer *Replacer = nullptr;
2329
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002330 /// Keep track of instructions removed.
2331 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002332
2333 public:
2334 /// \brief Remove all reference of \p Inst and optinally replace all its
2335 /// uses with New.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002336 /// \p RemovedInsts Keep track of the instructions removed by this Action.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002337 /// \pre If !Inst->use_empty(), then New != nullptr
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002338 InstructionRemover(Instruction *Inst, SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts,
2339 Value *New = nullptr)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002340 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Inserter(Inst), Hider(Inst),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002341 RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002342 if (New)
2343 Replacer = new UsesReplacer(Inst, New);
2344 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002345 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
2346 /// The instructions removed here will be freed after completing
2347 /// optimizeBlock() for all blocks as we need to keep track of the
2348 /// removed instructions during promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002349 Inst->removeFromParent();
2350 }
2351
Alexander Kornienkof817c1c2015-04-11 02:11:45 +00002352 ~InstructionRemover() override { delete Replacer; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002353
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002354 /// \brief Resurrect the instruction and reassign it to the proper uses if
2355 /// new value was provided when build this action.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002356 void undo() override {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002357 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
2358 Inserter.insert(Inst);
2359 if (Replacer)
2360 Replacer->undo();
2361 Hider.undo();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002362 RemovedInsts.erase(Inst);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002363 }
2364 };
2365
2366public:
2367 /// Restoration point.
2368 /// The restoration point is a pointer to an action instead of an iterator
2369 /// because the iterator may be invalidated but not the pointer.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002370 using ConstRestorationPt = const TypePromotionAction *;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002371
2372 TypePromotionTransaction(SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts)
2373 : RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {}
2374
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002375 /// Advocate every changes made in that transaction.
2376 void commit();
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002377
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002378 /// Undo all the changes made after the given point.
2379 void rollback(ConstRestorationPt Point);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002380
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002381 /// Get the current restoration point.
2382 ConstRestorationPt getRestorationPoint() const;
2383
2384 /// \name API for IR modification with state keeping to support rollback.
2385 /// @{
2386 /// Same as Instruction::setOperand.
2387 void setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002388
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002389 /// Same as Instruction::eraseFromParent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002390 void eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst, Value *NewVal = nullptr);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002391
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002392 /// Same as Value::replaceAllUsesWith.
2393 void replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst, Value *New);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002394
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002395 /// Same as Value::mutateType.
2396 void mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002397
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002398 /// Same as IRBuilder::createTrunc.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002399 Value *createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002400
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002401 /// Same as IRBuilder::createSExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002402 Value *createSExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002403
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002404 /// Same as IRBuilder::createZExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002405 Value *createZExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002406
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002407 /// Same as Instruction::moveBefore.
2408 void moveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before);
2409 /// @}
2410
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002411private:
2412 /// The ordered list of actions made so far.
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002413 SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>, 16> Actions;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002414
2415 using CommitPt = SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>>::iterator;
2416
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002417 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002418};
2419
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002420} // end anonymous namespace
2421
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002422void TypePromotionTransaction::setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx,
2423 Value *NewVal) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002424 Actions.push_back(llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::OperandSetter>(
2425 Inst, Idx, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002426}
2427
2428void TypePromotionTransaction::eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst,
2429 Value *NewVal) {
2430 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002431 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionRemover>(
2432 Inst, RemovedInsts, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002433}
2434
2435void TypePromotionTransaction::replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst,
2436 Value *New) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002437 Actions.push_back(
2438 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::UsesReplacer>(Inst, New));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002439}
2440
2441void TypePromotionTransaction::mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002442 Actions.push_back(
2443 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::TypeMutator>(Inst, NewTy));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002444}
2445
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002446Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd,
2447 Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002448 std::unique_ptr<TruncBuilder> Ptr(new TruncBuilder(Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002449 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002450 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002451 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002452}
2453
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002454Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createSExt(Instruction *Inst,
2455 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002456 std::unique_ptr<SExtBuilder> Ptr(new SExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002457 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002458 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002459 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002460}
2461
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002462Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createZExt(Instruction *Inst,
2463 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002464 std::unique_ptr<ZExtBuilder> Ptr(new ZExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002465 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002466 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002467 return Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002468}
2469
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002470void TypePromotionTransaction::moveBefore(Instruction *Inst,
2471 Instruction *Before) {
2472 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002473 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionMoveBefore>(
2474 Inst, Before));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002475}
2476
2477TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt
2478TypePromotionTransaction::getRestorationPoint() const {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002479 return !Actions.empty() ? Actions.back().get() : nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002480}
2481
2482void TypePromotionTransaction::commit() {
2483 for (CommitPt It = Actions.begin(), EndIt = Actions.end(); It != EndIt;
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002484 ++It)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002485 (*It)->commit();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002486 Actions.clear();
2487}
2488
2489void TypePromotionTransaction::rollback(
2490 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt Point) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002491 while (!Actions.empty() && Point != Actions.back().get()) {
2492 std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction> Curr = Actions.pop_back_val();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002493 Curr->undo();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002494 }
2495}
2496
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002497namespace {
2498
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002499/// \brief A helper class for matching addressing modes.
2500///
2501/// This encapsulates the logic for matching the target-legal addressing modes.
2502class AddressingModeMatcher {
2503 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts;
2504 const TargetLowering &TLI;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002505 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002506 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002507
2508 /// AccessTy/MemoryInst - This is the type for the access (e.g. double) and
2509 /// the memory instruction that we're computing this address for.
2510 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002511 unsigned AddrSpace;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002512 Instruction *MemoryInst;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002513
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002514 /// This is the addressing mode that we're building up. This is
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002515 /// part of the return value of this addressing mode matching stuff.
2516 ExtAddrMode &AddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002517
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002518 /// The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare optimizations.
2519 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002520
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002521 /// A map from the instructions to their type before promotion.
2522 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002523
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002524 /// The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
2525 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT;
2526
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002527 /// This is set to true when we should not do profitability checks.
2528 /// When true, IsProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode always returns true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002529 bool IgnoreProfitability;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002530
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00002531 AddressingModeMatcher(SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AMI,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002532 const TargetLowering &TLI,
2533 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
2534 Type *AT, unsigned AS,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002535 Instruction *MI, ExtAddrMode &AM,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002536 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002537 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2538 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT)
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002539 : AddrModeInsts(AMI), TLI(TLI), TRI(TRI),
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002540 DL(MI->getModule()->getDataLayout()), AccessTy(AT), AddrSpace(AS),
2541 MemoryInst(MI), AddrMode(AM), InsertedInsts(InsertedInsts),
2542 PromotedInsts(PromotedInsts), TPT(TPT) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002543 IgnoreProfitability = false;
2544 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002545
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002546public:
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002547 /// Find the maximal addressing mode that a load/store of V can fold,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002548 /// give an access type of AccessTy. This returns a list of involved
2549 /// instructions in AddrModeInsts.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002550 /// \p InsertedInsts The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002551 /// optimizations.
2552 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
2553 /// \p The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002554 static ExtAddrMode Match(Value *V, Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002555 Instruction *MemoryInst,
2556 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002557 const TargetLowering &TLI,
2558 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002559 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002560 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2561 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002562 ExtAddrMode Result;
2563
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002564 bool Success = AddressingModeMatcher(AddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI,
2565 AccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002566 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002567 PromotedInsts, TPT).matchAddr(V, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002568 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
2569 return Result;
2570 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002571
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002572private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002573 bool matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale, unsigned Depth);
2574 bool matchAddr(Value *V, unsigned Depth);
2575 bool matchOperationAddr(User *Operation, unsigned Opcode, unsigned Depth,
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002576 bool *MovedAway = nullptr);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002577 bool isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002578 ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
2579 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002580 bool valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val, Value *KnownLive1, Value *KnownLive2);
2581 bool isPromotionProfitable(unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost,
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002582 Value *PromotedOperand) const;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002583};
2584
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002585/// \brief Keep track of simplification of Phi nodes.
2586/// Accept the set of all phi nodes and erase phi node from this set
2587/// if it is simplified.
2588class SimplificationTracker {
2589 DenseMap<Value *, Value *> Storage;
2590 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
2591 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &AllPhiNodes;
2592 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &AllSelectNodes;
2593
2594public:
2595 SimplificationTracker(const SimplifyQuery &sq,
2596 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &APN,
2597 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &ASN)
2598 : SQ(sq), AllPhiNodes(APN), AllSelectNodes(ASN) {}
2599
2600 Value *Get(Value *V) {
2601 do {
2602 auto SV = Storage.find(V);
2603 if (SV == Storage.end())
2604 return V;
2605 V = SV->second;
2606 } while (true);
2607 }
2608
2609 Value *Simplify(Value *Val) {
2610 SmallVector<Value *, 32> WorkList;
2611 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 32> Visited;
2612 WorkList.push_back(Val);
2613 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2614 auto P = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2615 if (!Visited.insert(P).second)
2616 continue;
2617 if (auto *PI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(P))
2618 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(cast<Instruction>(PI), SQ)) {
2619 for (auto *U : PI->users())
2620 WorkList.push_back(cast<Value>(U));
2621 Put(PI, V);
2622 PI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2623 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PI))
2624 AllPhiNodes.erase(PHI);
2625 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(PI))
2626 AllSelectNodes.erase(Select);
2627 PI->eraseFromParent();
2628 }
2629 }
2630 return Get(Val);
2631 }
2632
2633 void Put(Value *From, Value *To) {
2634 Storage.insert({ From, To });
2635 }
2636};
2637
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002638/// \brief A helper class for combining addressing modes.
2639class AddressingModeCombiner {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002640 typedef std::pair<Value *, BasicBlock *> ValueInBB;
2641 typedef DenseMap<ValueInBB, Value *> FoldAddrToValueMapping;
2642 typedef std::pair<PHINode *, PHINode *> PHIPair;
2643
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002644private:
2645 /// The addressing modes we've collected.
2646 SmallVector<ExtAddrMode, 16> AddrModes;
2647
2648 /// The field in which the AddrModes differ, when we have more than one.
2649 ExtAddrMode::FieldName DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::NoField;
2650
2651 /// Are the AddrModes that we have all just equal to their original values?
2652 bool AllAddrModesTrivial = true;
2653
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002654 /// Common Type for all different fields in addressing modes.
2655 Type *CommonType;
2656
2657 /// SimplifyQuery for simplifyInstruction utility.
2658 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
2659
2660 /// Original Address.
2661 ValueInBB Original;
2662
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002663public:
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002664 AddressingModeCombiner(const SimplifyQuery &_SQ, ValueInBB OriginalValue)
2665 : CommonType(nullptr), SQ(_SQ), Original(OriginalValue) {}
2666
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002667 /// \brief Get the combined AddrMode
2668 const ExtAddrMode &getAddrMode() const {
2669 return AddrModes[0];
2670 }
2671
2672 /// \brief Add a new AddrMode if it's compatible with the AddrModes we already
2673 /// have.
2674 /// \return True iff we succeeded in doing so.
2675 bool addNewAddrMode(ExtAddrMode &NewAddrMode) {
2676 // Take note of if we have any non-trivial AddrModes, as we need to detect
2677 // when all AddrModes are trivial as then we would introduce a phi or select
2678 // which just duplicates what's already there.
2679 AllAddrModesTrivial = AllAddrModesTrivial && NewAddrMode.isTrivial();
2680
2681 // If this is the first addrmode then everything is fine.
2682 if (AddrModes.empty()) {
2683 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2684 return true;
2685 }
2686
2687 // Figure out how different this is from the other address modes, which we
2688 // can do just by comparing against the first one given that we only care
2689 // about the cumulative difference.
2690 ExtAddrMode::FieldName ThisDifferentField =
2691 AddrModes[0].compare(NewAddrMode);
2692 if (DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
2693 DifferentField = ThisDifferentField;
2694 else if (DifferentField != ThisDifferentField)
2695 DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2696
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002697 // If NewAddrMode differs in only one dimension, and that dimension isn't
2698 // the amount that ScaledReg is scaled by, then we can handle it by
Serguei Katkov505359f2017-11-20 05:42:36 +00002699 // inserting a phi/select later on. Even if NewAddMode is the same
2700 // we still need to collect it due to original value is different.
2701 // And later we will need all original values as anchors during
2702 // finding the common Phi node.
Serguei Katkov4d1dd6b2018-01-09 04:37:06 +00002703 // We also must reject the case when base offset is different and
2704 // scale reg is not null, we cannot handle this case due to merge of
2705 // different offsets will be used as ScaleReg.
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002706 if (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields &&
Serguei Katkov4d1dd6b2018-01-09 04:37:06 +00002707 DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::ScaleField &&
2708 (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField ||
2709 !NewAddrMode.ScaledReg)) {
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002710 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2711 return true;
2712 }
2713
2714 // We couldn't combine NewAddrMode with the rest, so return failure.
2715 AddrModes.clear();
2716 return false;
2717 }
2718
2719 /// \brief Combine the addressing modes we've collected into a single
2720 /// addressing mode.
2721 /// \return True iff we successfully combined them or we only had one so
2722 /// didn't need to combine them anyway.
2723 bool combineAddrModes() {
2724 // If we have no AddrModes then they can't be combined.
2725 if (AddrModes.size() == 0)
2726 return false;
2727
2728 // A single AddrMode can trivially be combined.
Serguei Katkov505359f2017-11-20 05:42:36 +00002729 if (AddrModes.size() == 1 || DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002730 return true;
2731
2732 // If the AddrModes we collected are all just equal to the value they are
2733 // derived from then combining them wouldn't do anything useful.
2734 if (AllAddrModesTrivial)
2735 return false;
2736
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002737 if (!addrModeCombiningAllowed())
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002738 return false;
2739
2740 // Build a map between <original value, basic block where we saw it> to
2741 // value of base register.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002742 // Bail out if there is no common type.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002743 FoldAddrToValueMapping Map;
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002744 if (!initializeMap(Map))
2745 return false;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002746
2747 Value *CommonValue = findCommon(Map);
2748 if (CommonValue)
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002749 AddrModes[0].SetCombinedField(DifferentField, CommonValue, AddrModes);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002750 return CommonValue != nullptr;
2751 }
2752
2753private:
2754 /// \brief Initialize Map with anchor values. For address seen in some BB
2755 /// we set the value of different field saw in this address.
2756 /// If address is not an instruction than basic block is set to null.
2757 /// At the same time we find a common type for different field we will
2758 /// use to create new Phi/Select nodes. Keep it in CommonType field.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002759 /// Return false if there is no common type found.
2760 bool initializeMap(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002761 // Keep track of keys where the value is null. We will need to replace it
2762 // with constant null when we know the common type.
2763 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 2> NullValue;
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002764 Type *IntPtrTy = SQ.DL.getIntPtrType(AddrModes[0].OriginalValue->getType());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002765 for (auto &AM : AddrModes) {
2766 BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
2767 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AM.OriginalValue))
2768 BB = I->getParent();
2769
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002770 Value *DV = AM.GetFieldAsValue(DifferentField, IntPtrTy);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002771 if (DV) {
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002772 auto *Type = DV->getType();
2773 if (CommonType && CommonType != Type)
2774 return false;
2775 CommonType = Type;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002776 Map[{ AM.OriginalValue, BB }] = DV;
2777 } else {
2778 NullValue.push_back({ AM.OriginalValue, BB });
2779 }
2780 }
2781 assert(CommonType && "At least one non-null value must be!");
2782 for (auto VIBB : NullValue)
2783 Map[VIBB] = Constant::getNullValue(CommonType);
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002784 return true;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002785 }
2786
2787 /// \brief We have mapping between value A and basic block where value A
2788 /// seen to other value B where B was a field in addressing mode represented
2789 /// by A. Also we have an original value C representin an address in some
2790 /// basic block. Traversing from C through phi and selects we ended up with
2791 /// A's in a map. This utility function tries to find a value V which is a
2792 /// field in addressing mode C and traversing through phi nodes and selects
2793 /// we will end up in corresponded values B in a map.
2794 /// The utility will create a new Phi/Selects if needed.
2795 // The simple example looks as follows:
2796 // BB1:
2797 // p1 = b1 + 40
2798 // br cond BB2, BB3
2799 // BB2:
2800 // p2 = b2 + 40
2801 // br BB3
2802 // BB3:
2803 // p = phi [p1, BB1], [p2, BB2]
2804 // v = load p
2805 // Map is
2806 // <p1, BB1> -> b1
2807 // <p2, BB2> -> b2
2808 // Request is
2809 // <p, BB3> -> ?
2810 // The function tries to find or build phi [b1, BB1], [b2, BB2] in BB3
2811 Value *findCommon(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
2812 // Tracks of new created Phi nodes.
2813 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 32> NewPhiNodes;
2814 // Tracks of new created Select nodes.
2815 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 32> NewSelectNodes;
2816 // Tracks the simplification of new created phi nodes. The reason we use
2817 // this mapping is because we will add new created Phi nodes in AddrToBase.
2818 // Simplification of Phi nodes is recursive, so some Phi node may
2819 // be simplified after we added it to AddrToBase.
2820 // Using this mapping we can find the current value in AddrToBase.
2821 SimplificationTracker ST(SQ, NewPhiNodes, NewSelectNodes);
2822
2823 // First step, DFS to create PHI nodes for all intermediate blocks.
2824 // Also fill traverse order for the second step.
2825 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 32> TraverseOrder;
2826 InsertPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, NewPhiNodes, NewSelectNodes);
2827
2828 // Second Step, fill new nodes by merged values and simplify if possible.
2829 FillPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
2830
2831 if (!AddrSinkNewSelects && NewSelectNodes.size() > 0) {
2832 DestroyNodes(NewPhiNodes);
2833 DestroyNodes(NewSelectNodes);
2834 return nullptr;
2835 }
2836
2837 // Now we'd like to match New Phi nodes to existed ones.
2838 unsigned PhiNotMatchedCount = 0;
2839 if (!MatchPhiSet(NewPhiNodes, ST, AddrSinkNewPhis, PhiNotMatchedCount)) {
2840 DestroyNodes(NewPhiNodes);
2841 DestroyNodes(NewSelectNodes);
2842 return nullptr;
2843 }
2844
2845 auto *Result = ST.Get(Map.find(Original)->second);
2846 if (Result) {
2847 NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated += NewPhiNodes.size() + PhiNotMatchedCount;
2848 NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated += NewSelectNodes.size();
2849 }
2850 return Result;
2851 }
2852
2853 /// \brief Destroy nodes from a set.
2854 template <typename T> void DestroyNodes(SmallPtrSetImpl<T *> &Instructions) {
2855 // For safe erasing, replace the Phi with dummy value first.
2856 auto Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
2857 for (auto I : Instructions) {
2858 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2859 I->eraseFromParent();
2860 }
2861 }
2862
2863 /// \brief Try to match PHI node to Candidate.
2864 /// Matcher tracks the matched Phi nodes.
2865 bool MatchPhiNode(PHINode *PHI, PHINode *Candidate,
2866 DenseSet<PHIPair> &Matcher,
2867 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PhiNodesToMatch) {
2868 SmallVector<PHIPair, 8> WorkList;
2869 Matcher.insert({ PHI, Candidate });
2870 WorkList.push_back({ PHI, Candidate });
2871 SmallSet<PHIPair, 8> Visited;
2872 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2873 auto Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2874 if (!Visited.insert(Item).second)
2875 continue;
2876 // We iterate over all incoming values to Phi to compare them.
2877 // If values are different and both of them Phi and the first one is a
2878 // Phi we added (subject to match) and both of them is in the same basic
2879 // block then we can match our pair if values match. So we state that
2880 // these values match and add it to work list to verify that.
2881 for (auto B : Item.first->blocks()) {
2882 Value *FirstValue = Item.first->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
2883 Value *SecondValue = Item.second->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
2884 if (FirstValue == SecondValue)
2885 continue;
2886
2887 PHINode *FirstPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(FirstValue);
2888 PHINode *SecondPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(SecondValue);
2889
2890 // One of them is not Phi or
2891 // The first one is not Phi node from the set we'd like to match or
2892 // Phi nodes from different basic blocks then
2893 // we will not be able to match.
2894 if (!FirstPhi || !SecondPhi || !PhiNodesToMatch.count(FirstPhi) ||
2895 FirstPhi->getParent() != SecondPhi->getParent())
2896 return false;
2897
2898 // If we already matched them then continue.
2899 if (Matcher.count({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi }))
2900 continue;
2901 // So the values are different and does not match. So we need them to
2902 // match.
2903 Matcher.insert({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
2904 // But me must check it.
2905 WorkList.push_back({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
2906 }
2907 }
2908 return true;
2909 }
2910
2911 /// \brief For the given set of PHI nodes try to find their equivalents.
2912 /// Returns false if this matching fails and creation of new Phi is disabled.
2913 bool MatchPhiSet(SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PhiNodesToMatch,
2914 SimplificationTracker &ST, bool AllowNewPhiNodes,
2915 unsigned &PhiNotMatchedCount) {
2916 DenseSet<PHIPair> Matched;
2917 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> WillNotMatch;
2918 while (PhiNodesToMatch.size()) {
2919 PHINode *PHI = *PhiNodesToMatch.begin();
2920
2921 // Add us, if no Phi nodes in the basic block we do not match.
2922 WillNotMatch.clear();
2923 WillNotMatch.insert(PHI);
2924
2925 // Traverse all Phis until we found equivalent or fail to do that.
2926 bool IsMatched = false;
2927 for (auto &P : PHI->getParent()->phis()) {
2928 if (&P == PHI)
2929 continue;
2930 if ((IsMatched = MatchPhiNode(PHI, &P, Matched, PhiNodesToMatch)))
2931 break;
2932 // If it does not match, collect all Phi nodes from matcher.
2933 // if we end up with no match, them all these Phi nodes will not match
2934 // later.
2935 for (auto M : Matched)
2936 WillNotMatch.insert(M.first);
2937 Matched.clear();
2938 }
2939 if (IsMatched) {
2940 // Replace all matched values and erase them.
2941 for (auto MV : Matched) {
2942 MV.first->replaceAllUsesWith(MV.second);
2943 PhiNodesToMatch.erase(MV.first);
2944 ST.Put(MV.first, MV.second);
2945 MV.first->eraseFromParent();
2946 }
2947 Matched.clear();
2948 continue;
2949 }
2950 // If we are not allowed to create new nodes then bail out.
2951 if (!AllowNewPhiNodes)
2952 return false;
2953 // Just remove all seen values in matcher. They will not match anything.
2954 PhiNotMatchedCount += WillNotMatch.size();
2955 for (auto *P : WillNotMatch)
2956 PhiNodesToMatch.erase(P);
2957 }
2958 return true;
2959 }
2960 /// \brief Fill the placeholder with values from predecessors and simplify it.
2961 void FillPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
2962 SmallVectorImpl<ValueInBB> &TraverseOrder,
2963 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
2964 while (!TraverseOrder.empty()) {
2965 auto Current = TraverseOrder.pop_back_val();
2966 assert(Map.find(Current) != Map.end() && "No node to fill!!!");
2967 Value *CurrentValue = Current.first;
2968 BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = Current.second;
2969 Value *V = Map[Current];
2970
2971 if (SelectInst *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
2972 // CurrentValue also must be Select.
2973 auto *CurrentSelect = cast<SelectInst>(CurrentValue);
2974 auto *TrueValue = CurrentSelect->getTrueValue();
2975 ValueInBB TrueItem = { TrueValue, isa<Instruction>(TrueValue)
2976 ? CurrentBlock
2977 : nullptr };
2978 assert(Map.find(TrueItem) != Map.end() && "No True Value!");
Serguei Katkovb0b67a82017-12-18 04:25:07 +00002979 Select->setTrueValue(ST.Get(Map[TrueItem]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002980 auto *FalseValue = CurrentSelect->getFalseValue();
2981 ValueInBB FalseItem = { FalseValue, isa<Instruction>(FalseValue)
2982 ? CurrentBlock
2983 : nullptr };
2984 assert(Map.find(FalseItem) != Map.end() && "No False Value!");
Serguei Katkovb0b67a82017-12-18 04:25:07 +00002985 Select->setFalseValue(ST.Get(Map[FalseItem]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002986 } else {
2987 // Must be a Phi node then.
2988 PHINode *PHI = cast<PHINode>(V);
2989 // Fill the Phi node with values from predecessors.
2990 bool IsDefinedInThisBB =
2991 cast<Instruction>(CurrentValue)->getParent() == CurrentBlock;
2992 auto *CurrentPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(CurrentValue);
2993 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock)) {
2994 Value *PV = IsDefinedInThisBB
2995 ? CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B)
2996 : CurrentValue;
2997 ValueInBB item = { PV, isa<Instruction>(PV) ? B : nullptr };
2998 assert(Map.find(item) != Map.end() && "No predecessor Value!");
2999 PHI->addIncoming(ST.Get(Map[item]), B);
3000 }
3001 }
3002 // Simplify if possible.
3003 Map[Current] = ST.Simplify(V);
3004 }
3005 }
3006
3007 /// Starting from value recursively iterates over predecessors up to known
3008 /// ending values represented in a map. For each traversed block inserts
3009 /// a placeholder Phi or Select.
3010 /// Reports all new created Phi/Select nodes by adding them to set.
3011 /// Also reports and order in what basic blocks have been traversed.
3012 void InsertPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
3013 SmallVectorImpl<ValueInBB> &TraverseOrder,
3014 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &NewPhiNodes,
3015 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &NewSelectNodes) {
3016 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 32> Worklist;
3017 assert((isa<PHINode>(Original.first) || isa<SelectInst>(Original.first)) &&
3018 "Address must be a Phi or Select node");
3019 auto *Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
3020 Worklist.push_back(Original);
3021 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
3022 auto Current = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3023 // If value is not an instruction it is something global, constant,
3024 // parameter and we can say that this value is observable in any block.
3025 // Set block to null to denote it.
3026 // Also please take into account that it is how we build anchors.
3027 if (!isa<Instruction>(Current.first))
3028 Current.second = nullptr;
3029 // if it is already visited or it is an ending value then skip it.
3030 if (Map.find(Current) != Map.end())
3031 continue;
3032 TraverseOrder.push_back(Current);
3033
3034 Value *CurrentValue = Current.first;
3035 BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = Current.second;
3036 // CurrentValue must be a Phi node or select. All others must be covered
3037 // by anchors.
3038 Instruction *CurrentI = cast<Instruction>(CurrentValue);
3039 bool IsDefinedInThisBB = CurrentI->getParent() == CurrentBlock;
3040
3041 unsigned PredCount =
3042 std::distance(pred_begin(CurrentBlock), pred_end(CurrentBlock));
3043 // if Current Value is not defined in this basic block we are interested
3044 // in values in predecessors.
3045 if (!IsDefinedInThisBB) {
3046 assert(PredCount && "Unreachable block?!");
3047 PHINode *PHI = PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi",
3048 &CurrentBlock->front());
3049 Map[Current] = PHI;
3050 NewPhiNodes.insert(PHI);
3051 // Add all predecessors in work list.
3052 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock))
3053 Worklist.push_back({ CurrentValue, B });
3054 continue;
3055 }
3056 // Value is defined in this basic block.
3057 if (SelectInst *OrigSelect = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(CurrentI)) {
3058 // Is it OK to get metadata from OrigSelect?!
3059 // Create a Select placeholder with dummy value.
3060 SelectInst *Select =
3061 SelectInst::Create(OrigSelect->getCondition(), Dummy, Dummy,
3062 OrigSelect->getName(), OrigSelect, OrigSelect);
3063 Map[Current] = Select;
3064 NewSelectNodes.insert(Select);
3065 // We are interested in True and False value in this basic block.
3066 Worklist.push_back({ OrigSelect->getTrueValue(), CurrentBlock });
3067 Worklist.push_back({ OrigSelect->getFalseValue(), CurrentBlock });
3068 } else {
3069 // It must be a Phi node then.
3070 auto *CurrentPhi = cast<PHINode>(CurrentI);
3071 // Create new Phi node for merge of bases.
3072 assert(PredCount && "Unreachable block?!");
3073 PHINode *PHI = PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi",
3074 &CurrentBlock->front());
3075 Map[Current] = PHI;
3076 NewPhiNodes.insert(PHI);
3077
3078 // Add all predecessors in work list.
3079 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock))
3080 Worklist.push_back({ CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B), B });
3081 }
3082 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003083 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003084
3085 bool addrModeCombiningAllowed() {
3086 if (DisableComplexAddrModes)
3087 return false;
3088 switch (DifferentField) {
3089 default:
3090 return false;
3091 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
3092 return AddrSinkCombineBaseReg;
3093 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
3094 return AddrSinkCombineBaseGV;
3095 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
3096 return AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs;
3097 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
3098 return AddrSinkCombineScaledReg;
3099 }
3100 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003101};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003102} // end anonymous namespace
3103
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003104/// Try adding ScaleReg*Scale to the current addressing mode.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003105/// Return true and update AddrMode if this addr mode is legal for the target,
3106/// false if not.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003107bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003108 unsigned Depth) {
3109 // If Scale is 1, then this is the same as adding ScaleReg to the addressing
3110 // mode. Just process that directly.
3111 if (Scale == 1)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003112 return matchAddr(ScaleReg, Depth);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003113
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003114 // If the scale is 0, it takes nothing to add this.
3115 if (Scale == 0)
3116 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003117
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003118 // If we already have a scale of this value, we can add to it, otherwise, we
3119 // need an available scale field.
3120 if (AddrMode.Scale != 0 && AddrMode.ScaledReg != ScaleReg)
3121 return false;
3122
3123 ExtAddrMode TestAddrMode = AddrMode;
3124
3125 // Add scale to turn X*4+X*3 -> X*7. This could also do things like
3126 // [A+B + A*7] -> [B+A*8].
3127 TestAddrMode.Scale += Scale;
3128 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = ScaleReg;
3129
3130 // If the new address isn't legal, bail out.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003131 if (!TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003132 return false;
3133
3134 // It was legal, so commit it.
3135 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003136
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003137 // Okay, we decided that we can add ScaleReg+Scale to AddrMode. Check now
3138 // to see if ScaleReg is actually X+C. If so, we can turn this into adding
3139 // X*Scale + C*Scale to addr mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003140 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; Value *AddLHS = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003141 if (isa<Instruction>(ScaleReg) && // not a constant expr.
3142 match(ScaleReg, m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) {
3143 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = AddLHS;
3144 TestAddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue()*TestAddrMode.Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003145
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003146 // If this addressing mode is legal, commit it and remember that we folded
3147 // this instruction.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003148 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003149 AddrModeInsts.push_back(cast<Instruction>(ScaleReg));
3150 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
3151 return true;
3152 }
3153 }
3154
3155 // Otherwise, not (x+c)*scale, just return what we have.
3156 return true;
3157}
3158
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003159/// This is a little filter, which returns true if an addressing computation
3160/// involving I might be folded into a load/store accessing it.
3161/// This doesn't need to be perfect, but needs to accept at least
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003162/// the set of instructions that MatchOperationAddr can.
3163static bool MightBeFoldableInst(Instruction *I) {
3164 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3165 case Instruction::BitCast:
Eli Benderskyf13a0562014-05-22 00:02:52 +00003166 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003167 // Don't touch identity bitcasts.
3168 if (I->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType())
3169 return false;
3170 return I->getType()->isPointerTy() || I->getType()->isIntegerTy();
3171 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3172 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
3173 return true;
3174 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
3175 // We know the input is intptr_t, so this is foldable.
3176 return true;
3177 case Instruction::Add:
3178 return true;
3179 case Instruction::Mul:
3180 case Instruction::Shl:
3181 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3182 return isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
3183 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3184 return true;
3185 default:
3186 return false;
3187 }
3188}
3189
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003190/// \brief Check whether or not \p Val is a legal instruction for \p TLI.
3191/// \note \p Val is assumed to be the product of some type promotion.
3192/// Therefore if \p Val has an undefined state in \p TLI, this is assumed
3193/// to be legal, as the non-promoted value would have had the same state.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003194static bool isPromotedInstructionLegal(const TargetLowering &TLI,
3195 const DataLayout &DL, Value *Val) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003196 Instruction *PromotedInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
3197 if (!PromotedInst)
3198 return false;
3199 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(PromotedInst->getOpcode());
3200 // If the ISDOpcode is undefined, it was undefined before the promotion.
3201 if (!ISDOpcode)
3202 return true;
3203 // Otherwise, check if the promoted instruction is legal or not.
3204 return TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003205 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, PromotedInst->getType()));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003206}
3207
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003208namespace {
3209
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003210/// \brief Hepler class to perform type promotion.
3211class TypePromotionHelper {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003212 /// \brief Utility function to check whether or not a sign or zero extension
3213 /// of \p Inst with \p ConsideredExtType can be moved through \p Inst by
3214 /// either using the operands of \p Inst or promoting \p Inst.
3215 /// The type of the extension is defined by \p IsSExt.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003216 /// In other words, check if:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003217 /// ext (Ty Inst opnd1 opnd2 ... opndN) to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003218 /// #1 Promotion applies:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003219 /// ConsideredExtType Inst (ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType, ...).
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003220 /// #2 Operand reuses:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003221 /// ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003222 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003223 static bool canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst, Type *ConsideredExtType,
3224 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003225
3226 /// \brief Utility function to determine if \p OpIdx should be promoted when
3227 /// promoting \p Inst.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003228 static bool shouldExtOperand(const Instruction *Inst, int OpIdx) {
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003229 return !(isa<SelectInst>(Inst) && OpIdx == 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003230 }
3231
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003232 /// \brief Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003233 /// operand is a promotable trunc or sext or zext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003234 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003235 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003236 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003237 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3238 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003239 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003240 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003241 static Value *promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
3242 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003243 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003244 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003245 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003246
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003247 /// \brief Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003248 /// operand is promotable and is not a supported trunc or sext.
3249 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003250 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all the instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003251 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003252 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3253 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003254 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003255 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003256 static Value *promoteOperandForOther(Instruction *Ext,
3257 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3258 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3259 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3260 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3261 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3262 const TargetLowering &TLI, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003263
3264 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003265 static Value *signExtendOperandForOther(
3266 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3267 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3268 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3269 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3270 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3271 Exts, Truncs, TLI, true);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003272 }
3273
3274 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003275 static Value *zeroExtendOperandForOther(
3276 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3277 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3278 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3279 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3280 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3281 Exts, Truncs, TLI, false);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003282 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003283
3284public:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003285 /// Type for the utility function that promotes the operand of Ext.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003286 using Action = Value *(*)(Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3287 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3288 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3289 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3290 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3291 const TargetLowering &TLI);
3292
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003293 /// \brief Given a sign/zero extend instruction \p Ext, return the approriate
3294 /// action to promote the operand of \p Ext instead of using Ext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003295 /// \return NULL if no promotable action is possible with the current
3296 /// sign extension.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003297 /// \p InsertedInsts keeps track of all the instructions inserted by the
3298 /// other CodeGenPrepare optimizations. This information is important
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003299 /// because we do not want to promote these instructions as CodeGenPrepare
3300 /// will reinsert them later. Thus creating an infinite loop: create/remove.
3301 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003302 static Action getAction(Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003303 const TargetLowering &TLI,
3304 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts);
3305};
3306
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003307} // end anonymous namespace
3308
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003309bool TypePromotionHelper::canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst,
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003310 Type *ConsideredExtType,
3311 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3312 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003313 // The promotion helper does not know how to deal with vector types yet.
3314 // To be able to fix that, we would need to fix the places where we
3315 // statically extend, e.g., constants and such.
3316 if (Inst->getType()->isVectorTy())
3317 return false;
3318
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003319 // We can always get through zext.
3320 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Inst))
3321 return true;
3322
3323 // sext(sext) is ok too.
3324 if (IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Inst))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003325 return true;
3326
3327 // We can get through binary operator, if it is legal. In other words, the
3328 // binary operator must have a nuw or nsw flag.
3329 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
3330 if (BinOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BinOp) &&
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003331 ((!IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) ||
3332 (IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003333 return true;
3334
3335 // Check if we can do the following simplification.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003336 // ext(trunc(opnd)) --> ext(opnd)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003337 if (!isa<TruncInst>(Inst))
3338 return false;
3339
3340 Value *OpndVal = Inst->getOperand(0);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003341 // Check if we can use this operand in the extension.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003342 // If the type is larger than the result type of the extension, we cannot.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003343 if (!OpndVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
3344 OpndVal->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
3345 ConsideredExtType->getIntegerBitWidth())
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003346 return false;
3347
3348 // If the operand of the truncate is not an instruction, we will not have
3349 // any information on the dropped bits.
3350 // (Actually we could for constant but it is not worth the extra logic).
3351 Instruction *Opnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OpndVal);
3352 if (!Opnd)
3353 return false;
3354
3355 // Check if the source of the type is narrow enough.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003356 // I.e., check that trunc just drops extended bits of the same kind of
3357 // the extension.
3358 // #1 get the type of the operand and check the kind of the extended bits.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003359 const Type *OpndType;
3360 InstrToOrigTy::const_iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(Opnd);
Benjamin Kramer4cd5faa2015-07-31 17:00:39 +00003361 if (It != PromotedInsts.end() && It->second.getInt() == IsSExt)
3362 OpndType = It->second.getPointer();
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003363 else if ((IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Opnd)) || (!IsSExt && isa<ZExtInst>(Opnd)))
3364 OpndType = Opnd->getOperand(0)->getType();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003365 else
3366 return false;
3367
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003368 // #2 check that the truncate just drops extended bits.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003369 return Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >=
3370 OpndType->getIntegerBitWidth();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003371}
3372
3373TypePromotionHelper::Action TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003374 Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003375 const TargetLowering &TLI, const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003376 assert((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
3377 "Unexpected instruction type");
3378 Instruction *ExtOpnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
3379 Type *ExtTy = Ext->getType();
3380 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(Ext);
3381 // If the operand of the extension is not an instruction, we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003382 // get through.
3383 // If it, check we can get through.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003384 if (!ExtOpnd || !canGetThrough(ExtOpnd, ExtTy, PromotedInsts, IsSExt))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003385 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003386
3387 // Do not promote if the operand has been added by codegenprepare.
3388 // Otherwise, it means we are undoing an optimization that is likely to be
3389 // redone, thus causing potential infinite loop.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003390 if (isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) && InsertedInsts.count(ExtOpnd))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003391 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003392
3393 // SExt or Trunc instructions.
3394 // Return the related handler.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003395 if (isa<SExtInst>(ExtOpnd) || isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) ||
3396 isa<ZExtInst>(ExtOpnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003397 return promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003398
3399 // Regular instruction.
3400 // Abort early if we will have to insert non-free instructions.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003401 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse() && !TLI.isTruncateFree(ExtTy, ExtOpnd->getType()))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003402 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003403 return IsSExt ? signExtendOperandForOther : zeroExtendOperandForOther;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003404}
3405
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003406Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003407 Instruction *SExt, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003408 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003409 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003410 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003411 // By construction, the operand of SExt is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
3412 // get through it and this method should not be called.
3413 Instruction *SExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(SExt->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003414 Value *ExtVal = SExt;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003415 bool HasMergedNonFreeExt = false;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003416 if (isa<ZExtInst>(SExtOpnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003417 // Replace s|zext(zext(opnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003418 // => zext(opnd).
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003419 HasMergedNonFreeExt = !TLI.isExtFree(SExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003420 Value *ZExt =
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003421 TPT.createZExt(SExt, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0), SExt->getType());
3422 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(SExt, ZExt);
3423 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003424 ExtVal = ZExt;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003425 } else {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003426 // Replace z|sext(trunc(opnd)) or sext(sext(opnd))
3427 // => z|sext(opnd).
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003428 TPT.setOperand(SExt, 0, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0));
3429 }
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003430 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003431
3432 // Remove dead code.
3433 if (SExtOpnd->use_empty())
3434 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExtOpnd);
3435
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003436 // Check if the extension is still needed.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003437 Instruction *ExtInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVal);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003438 if (!ExtInst || ExtInst->getType() != ExtInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003439 if (ExtInst) {
3440 if (Exts)
3441 Exts->push_back(ExtInst);
3442 CreatedInstsCost = !TLI.isExtFree(ExtInst) && !HasMergedNonFreeExt;
3443 }
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003444 return ExtVal;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003445 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003446
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003447 // At this point we have: ext ty opnd to ty.
3448 // Reassign the uses of ExtInst to the opnd and remove ExtInst.
3449 Value *NextVal = ExtInst->getOperand(0);
3450 TPT.eraseInstruction(ExtInst, NextVal);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003451 return NextVal;
3452}
3453
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003454Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForOther(
3455 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003456 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003457 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003458 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI,
3459 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003460 // By construction, the operand of Ext is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003461 // get through it and this method should not be called.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003462 Instruction *ExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003463 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003464 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse()) {
3465 // ExtOpnd will be promoted.
3466 // All its uses, but Ext, will need to use a truncated value of the
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003467 // promoted version.
3468 // Create the truncate now.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003469 Value *Trunc = TPT.createTrunc(Ext, ExtOpnd->getType());
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003470 if (Instruction *ITrunc = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Trunc)) {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003471 // Insert it just after the definition.
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00003472 ITrunc->moveAfter(ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003473 if (Truncs)
3474 Truncs->push_back(ITrunc);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003475 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003476
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003477 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(ExtOpnd, Trunc);
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003478 // Restore the operand of Ext (which has been replaced by the previous call
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003479 // to replaceAllUsesWith) to avoid creating a cycle trunc <-> sext.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003480 TPT.setOperand(Ext, 0, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003481 }
3482
3483 // Get through the Instruction:
3484 // 1. Update its type.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003485 // 2. Replace the uses of Ext by Inst.
3486 // 3. Extend each operand that needs to be extended.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003487
3488 // Remember the original type of the instruction before promotion.
3489 // This is useful to know that the high bits are sign extended bits.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003490 PromotedInsts.insert(std::pair<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>(
3491 ExtOpnd, TypeIsSExt(ExtOpnd->getType(), IsSExt)));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003492 // Step #1.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003493 TPT.mutateType(ExtOpnd, Ext->getType());
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003494 // Step #2.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003495 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(Ext, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003496 // Step #3.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003497 Instruction *ExtForOpnd = Ext;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003498
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003499 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Propagate Ext to operands\n");
3500 for (int OpIdx = 0, EndOpIdx = ExtOpnd->getNumOperands(); OpIdx != EndOpIdx;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003501 ++OpIdx) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003502 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Operand:\n" << *(ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)) << '\n');
3503 if (ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)->getType() == Ext->getType() ||
3504 !shouldExtOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003505 DEBUG(dbgs() << "No need to propagate\n");
3506 continue;
3507 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003508 // Check if we can statically extend the operand.
3509 Value *Opnd = ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003510 if (const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Opnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003511 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
3512 unsigned BitWidth = Ext->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
3513 APInt CstVal = IsSExt ? Cst->getValue().sext(BitWidth)
3514 : Cst->getValue().zext(BitWidth);
3515 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ConstantInt::get(Ext->getType(), CstVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003516 continue;
3517 }
3518 // UndefValue are typed, so we have to statically sign extend them.
3519 if (isa<UndefValue>(Opnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003520 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
3521 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, UndefValue::get(Ext->getType()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003522 continue;
3523 }
3524
3525 // Otherwise we have to explicity sign extend the operand.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003526 // Check if Ext was reused to extend an operand.
3527 if (!ExtForOpnd) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003528 // If yes, create a new one.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003529 DEBUG(dbgs() << "More operands to ext\n");
Quentin Colombet84f89cc2014-12-22 18:11:52 +00003530 Value *ValForExtOpnd = IsSExt ? TPT.createSExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType())
3531 : TPT.createZExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType());
3532 if (!isa<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd)) {
3533 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ValForExtOpnd);
3534 continue;
3535 }
3536 ExtForOpnd = cast<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003537 }
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003538 if (Exts)
3539 Exts->push_back(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003540 TPT.setOperand(ExtForOpnd, 0, Opnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003541
3542 // Move the sign extension before the insertion point.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003543 TPT.moveBefore(ExtForOpnd, ExtOpnd);
3544 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003545 CreatedInstsCost += !TLI.isExtFree(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003546 // If more sext are required, new instructions will have to be created.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003547 ExtForOpnd = nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003548 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003549 if (ExtForOpnd == Ext) {
3550 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Extension is useless now\n");
3551 TPT.eraseInstruction(Ext);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003552 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003553 return ExtOpnd;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003554}
3555
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003556/// Check whether or not promoting an instruction to a wider type is profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003557/// \p NewCost gives the cost of extension instructions created by the
3558/// promotion.
3559/// \p OldCost gives the cost of extension instructions before the promotion
3560/// plus the number of instructions that have been
3561/// matched in the addressing mode the promotion.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003562/// \p PromotedOperand is the value that has been promoted.
3563/// \return True if the promotion is profitable, false otherwise.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003564bool AddressingModeMatcher::isPromotionProfitable(
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003565 unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost, Value *PromotedOperand) const {
3566 DEBUG(dbgs() << "OldCost: " << OldCost << "\tNewCost: " << NewCost << '\n');
3567 // The cost of the new extensions is greater than the cost of the
3568 // old extension plus what we folded.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003569 // This is not profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003570 if (NewCost > OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003571 return false;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003572 if (NewCost < OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003573 return true;
3574 // The promotion is neutral but it may help folding the sign extension in
3575 // loads for instance.
3576 // Check that we did not create an illegal instruction.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003577 return isPromotedInstructionLegal(TLI, DL, PromotedOperand);
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003578}
3579
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003580/// Given an instruction or constant expr, see if we can fold the operation
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003581/// into the addressing mode. If so, update the addressing mode and return
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003582/// true, otherwise return false without modifying AddrMode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003583/// If \p MovedAway is not NULL, it contains the information of whether or
3584/// not AddrInst has to be folded into the addressing mode on success.
3585/// If \p MovedAway == true, \p AddrInst will not be part of the addressing
3586/// because it has been moved away.
3587/// Thus AddrInst must not be added in the matched instructions.
3588/// This state can happen when AddrInst is a sext, since it may be moved away.
3589/// Therefore, AddrInst may not be valid when MovedAway is true and it must
3590/// not be referenced anymore.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003591bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003592 unsigned Depth,
3593 bool *MovedAway) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003594 // Avoid exponential behavior on extremely deep expression trees.
3595 if (Depth >= 5) return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003596
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003597 // By default, all matched instructions stay in place.
3598 if (MovedAway)
3599 *MovedAway = false;
3600
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003601 switch (Opcode) {
3602 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3603 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003604 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003605 case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
3606 auto AS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3607 auto PtrTy = MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003608 // This inttoptr is a no-op if the integer type is pointer sized.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003609 if (TLI.getValueType(DL, AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) == PtrTy)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003610 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003611 return false;
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003612 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003613 case Instruction::BitCast:
3614 // BitCast is always a noop, and we can handle it as long as it is
3615 // int->int or pointer->pointer (we don't want int<->fp or something).
3616 if ((AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isPointerTy() ||
3617 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntegerTy()) &&
3618 // Don't touch identity bitcasts. These were probably put here by LSR,
3619 // and we don't want to mess around with them. Assume it knows what it
3620 // is doing.
3621 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType() != AddrInst->getType())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003622 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003623 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003624 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
3625 unsigned SrcAS
3626 = AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3627 unsigned DestAS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3628 if (TLI.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DestAS))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003629 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003630 return false;
3631 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003632 case Instruction::Add: {
3633 // Check to see if we can merge in the RHS then the LHS. If so, we win.
3634 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3635 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003636 // Start a transaction at this point.
3637 // The LHS may match but not the RHS.
3638 // Therefore, we need a higher level restoration point to undo partially
3639 // matched operation.
3640 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3641 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
3642
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003643 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1) &&
3644 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003645 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003646
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003647 // Restore the old addr mode info.
3648 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3649 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003650 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003651
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003652 // Otherwise this was over-aggressive. Try merging in the LHS then the RHS.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003653 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1) &&
3654 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003655 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003656
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003657 // Otherwise we definitely can't merge the ADD in.
3658 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3659 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003660 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003661 break;
3662 }
3663 //case Instruction::Or:
3664 // TODO: We can handle "Or Val, Imm" iff this OR is equivalent to an ADD.
3665 //break;
3666 case Instruction::Mul:
3667 case Instruction::Shl: {
3668 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3669 ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(1));
Philip Reames9c3cbee2017-10-30 23:59:51 +00003670 if (!RHS || RHS->getBitWidth() > 64)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003671 return false;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003672 int64_t Scale = RHS->getSExtValue();
3673 if (Opcode == Instruction::Shl)
3674 Scale = 1LL << Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003675
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003676 return matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Scale, Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003677 }
3678 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
3679 // Scan the GEP. We check it if it contains constant offsets and at most
3680 // one variable offset.
3681 int VariableOperand = -1;
3682 unsigned VariableScale = 0;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003683
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003684 int64_t ConstantOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003685 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(AddrInst);
3686 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddrInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00003687 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003688 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003689 unsigned Idx =
3690 cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
3691 ConstantOffset += SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
3692 } else {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003693 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003694 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))) {
Haicheng Wu0be88252017-12-19 20:53:32 +00003695 ConstantOffset += CI->getSExtValue() * TypeSize;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003696 } else if (TypeSize) { // Scales of zero don't do anything.
3697 // We only allow one variable index at the moment.
3698 if (VariableOperand != -1)
3699 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003700
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003701 // Remember the variable index.
3702 VariableOperand = i;
3703 VariableScale = TypeSize;
3704 }
3705 }
3706 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003707
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003708 // A common case is for the GEP to only do a constant offset. In this case,
3709 // just add it to the disp field and check validity.
3710 if (VariableOperand == -1) {
3711 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003712 if (ConstantOffset == 0 ||
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003713 TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003714 // Check to see if we can fold the base pointer in too.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003715 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003716 return true;
3717 }
3718 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= ConstantOffset;
3719 return false;
3720 }
3721
3722 // Save the valid addressing mode in case we can't match.
3723 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3724 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3725
3726 // See if the scale and offset amount is valid for this target.
3727 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
3728
3729 // Match the base operand of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003730 if (!matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003731 // If it couldn't be matched, just stuff the value in a register.
3732 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
3733 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3734 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3735 return false;
3736 }
3737 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3738 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3739 }
3740
3741 // Match the remaining variable portion of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003742 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand), VariableScale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003743 Depth)) {
3744 // If it couldn't be matched, try stuffing the base into a register
3745 // instead of matching it, and retrying the match of the scale.
3746 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3747 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3748 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg)
3749 return false;
3750 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3751 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3752 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003753 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand),
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003754 VariableScale, Depth)) {
3755 // If even that didn't work, bail.
3756 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3757 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3758 return false;
3759 }
3760 }
3761
3762 return true;
3763 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003764 case Instruction::SExt:
3765 case Instruction::ZExt: {
3766 Instruction *Ext = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AddrInst);
3767 if (!Ext)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003768 return false;
Sanjay Patelab60d042014-07-16 21:08:10 +00003769
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003770 // Try to move this ext out of the way of the addressing mode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003771 // Ask for a method for doing so.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003772 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003773 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(Ext, InsertedInsts, TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003774 if (!TPH)
3775 return false;
3776
3777 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3778 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003779 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0;
3780 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI.isExtFree(Ext);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003781 Value *PromotedOperand =
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003782 TPH(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost, nullptr, nullptr, TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003783 // SExt has been moved away.
3784 // Thus either it will be rematched later in the recursive calls or it is
3785 // gone. Anyway, we must not fold it into the addressing mode at this point.
3786 // E.g.,
3787 // op = add opnd, 1
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003788 // idx = ext op
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003789 // addr = gep base, idx
3790 // is now:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003791 // promotedOpnd = ext opnd <- no match here
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003792 // op = promoted_add promotedOpnd, 1 <- match (later in recursive calls)
3793 // addr = gep base, op <- match
3794 if (MovedAway)
3795 *MovedAway = true;
3796
3797 assert(PromotedOperand &&
3798 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
3799
3800 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3801 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3802
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003803 if (!matchAddr(PromotedOperand, Depth) ||
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003804 // The total of the new cost is equal to the cost of the created
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003805 // instructions.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003806 // The total of the old cost is equal to the cost of the extension plus
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003807 // what we have saved in the addressing mode.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003808 !isPromotionProfitable(CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003809 ExtCost + (AddrModeInsts.size() - OldSize),
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003810 PromotedOperand)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003811 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3812 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3813 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sign extension does not pay off: rollback\n");
3814 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
3815 return false;
3816 }
3817 return true;
3818 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003819 }
3820 return false;
3821}
3822
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003823/// If we can, try to add the value of 'Addr' into the current addressing mode.
3824/// If Addr can't be added to AddrMode this returns false and leaves AddrMode
3825/// unmodified. This assumes that Addr is either a pointer type or intptr_t
3826/// for the target.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003827///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003828bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003829 // Start a transaction at this point that we will rollback if the matching
3830 // fails.
3831 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3832 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003833 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Addr)) {
3834 // Fold in immediates if legal for the target.
3835 AddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue();
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003836 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003837 return true;
3838 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= CI->getSExtValue();
3839 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Addr)) {
3840 // If this is a global variable, try to fold it into the addressing mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003841 if (!AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003842 AddrMode.BaseGV = GV;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003843 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003844 return true;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003845 AddrMode.BaseGV = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003846 }
3847 } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Addr)) {
3848 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3849 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3850
3851 // Check to see if it is possible to fold this operation.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003852 bool MovedAway = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003853 if (matchOperationAddr(I, I->getOpcode(), Depth, &MovedAway)) {
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003854 // This instruction may have been moved away. If so, there is nothing
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003855 // to check here.
3856 if (MovedAway)
3857 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003858 // Okay, it's possible to fold this. Check to see if it is actually
3859 // *profitable* to do so. We use a simple cost model to avoid increasing
3860 // register pressure too much.
3861 if (I->hasOneUse() ||
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003862 isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(I, BackupAddrMode, AddrMode)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003863 AddrModeInsts.push_back(I);
3864 return true;
3865 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003866
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003867 // It isn't profitable to do this, roll back.
3868 //cerr << "NOT FOLDING: " << *I;
3869 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3870 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003871 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003872 }
3873 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr)) {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003874 if (matchOperationAddr(CE, CE->getOpcode(), Depth))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003875 return true;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003876 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003877 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Addr)) {
3878 // Null pointer gets folded without affecting the addressing mode.
3879 return true;
3880 }
3881
3882 // Worse case, the target should support [reg] addressing modes. :)
3883 if (!AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
3884 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3885 AddrMode.BaseReg = Addr;
3886 // Still check for legality in case the target supports [imm] but not [i+r].
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003887 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003888 return true;
3889 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = false;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003890 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003891 }
3892
3893 // If the base register is already taken, see if we can do [r+r].
3894 if (AddrMode.Scale == 0) {
3895 AddrMode.Scale = 1;
3896 AddrMode.ScaledReg = Addr;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003897 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003898 return true;
3899 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003900 AddrMode.ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003901 }
3902 // Couldn't match.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003903 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003904 return false;
3905}
3906
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003907/// Check to see if all uses of OpVal by the specified inline asm call are due
3908/// to memory operands. If so, return true, otherwise return false.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003909static bool IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CallInst *CI, InlineAsm *IA, Value *OpVal,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00003910 const TargetLowering &TLI,
3911 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) {
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00003912 const Function *F = CI->getFunction();
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00003913 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00003914 TLI.ParseConstraints(F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TRI,
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00003915 ImmutableCallSite(CI));
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00003916
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003917 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3918 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003919
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003920 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00003921 TLI.ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003922
3923 // If this asm operand is our Value*, and if it isn't an indirect memory
3924 // operand, we can't fold it!
3925 if (OpInfo.CallOperandVal == OpVal &&
3926 (OpInfo.ConstraintType != TargetLowering::C_Memory ||
3927 !OpInfo.isIndirect))
3928 return false;
3929 }
3930
3931 return true;
3932}
3933
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00003934// Max number of memory uses to look at before aborting the search to conserve
3935// compile time.
3936static constexpr int MaxMemoryUsesToScan = 20;
3937
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003938/// Recursively walk all the uses of I until we find a memory use.
3939/// If we find an obviously non-foldable instruction, return true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003940/// Add the ultimately found memory instructions to MemoryUses.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00003941static bool FindAllMemoryUses(
3942 Instruction *I,
3943 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>> &MemoryUses,
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00003944 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ConsideredInsts, const TargetLowering &TLI,
3945 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, int SeenInsts = 0) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003946 // If we already considered this instruction, we're done.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003947 if (!ConsideredInsts.insert(I).second)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003948 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003949
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003950 // If this is an obviously unfoldable instruction, bail out.
3951 if (!MightBeFoldableInst(I))
3952 return true;
3953
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00003954 const bool OptSize = I->getFunction()->optForSize();
3955
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003956 // Loop over all the uses, recursively processing them.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003957 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00003958 // Conservatively return true if we're seeing a large number or a deep chain
3959 // of users. This avoids excessive compilation times in pathological cases.
3960 if (SeenInsts++ >= MaxMemoryUsesToScan)
3961 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003962
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00003963 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003964 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UserI)) {
3965 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(LI, U.getOperandNo()));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003966 continue;
3967 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003968
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003969 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
3970 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00003971 if (opNo != StoreInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
3972 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003973 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(SI, opNo));
3974 continue;
3975 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003976
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00003977 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(UserI)) {
3978 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
3979 if (opNo != AtomicRMWInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
3980 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
3981 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(RMW, opNo));
3982 continue;
3983 }
3984
3985 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(UserI)) {
3986 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
3987 if (opNo != AtomicCmpXchgInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
3988 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
3989 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(CmpX, opNo));
3990 continue;
3991 }
3992
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003993 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(UserI)) {
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00003994 // If this is a cold call, we can sink the addressing calculation into
3995 // the cold path. See optimizeCallInst
3996 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
3997 continue;
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00003998
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003999 InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue());
4000 if (!IA) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004001
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004002 // If this is a memory operand, we're cool, otherwise bail out.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004003 if (!IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CI, IA, I, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004004 return true;
4005 continue;
4006 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004007
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004008 if (FindAllMemoryUses(UserI, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI,
4009 SeenInsts))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004010 return true;
4011 }
4012
4013 return false;
4014}
4015
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004016/// Return true if Val is already known to be live at the use site that we're
4017/// folding it into. If so, there is no cost to include it in the addressing
4018/// mode. KnownLive1 and KnownLive2 are two values that we know are live at the
4019/// instruction already.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004020bool AddressingModeMatcher::valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val,Value *KnownLive1,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004021 Value *KnownLive2) {
4022 // If Val is either of the known-live values, we know it is live!
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004023 if (Val == nullptr || Val == KnownLive1 || Val == KnownLive2)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004024 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004025
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004026 // All values other than instructions and arguments (e.g. constants) are live.
4027 if (!isa<Instruction>(Val) && !isa<Argument>(Val)) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004028
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004029 // If Val is a constant sized alloca in the entry block, it is live, this is
4030 // true because it is just a reference to the stack/frame pointer, which is
4031 // live for the whole function.
4032 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val))
4033 if (AI->isStaticAlloca())
4034 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004035
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004036 // Check to see if this value is already used in the memory instruction's
4037 // block. If so, it's already live into the block at the very least, so we
4038 // can reasonably fold it.
4039 return Val->isUsedInBasicBlock(MemoryInst->getParent());
4040}
4041
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004042/// It is possible for the addressing mode of the machine to fold the specified
4043/// instruction into a load or store that ultimately uses it.
4044/// However, the specified instruction has multiple uses.
4045/// Given this, it may actually increase register pressure to fold it
4046/// into the load. For example, consider this code:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004047///
4048/// X = ...
4049/// Y = X+1
4050/// use(Y) -> nonload/store
4051/// Z = Y+1
4052/// load Z
4053///
4054/// In this case, Y has multiple uses, and can be folded into the load of Z
4055/// (yielding load [X+2]). However, doing this will cause both "X" and "X+1" to
4056/// be live at the use(Y) line. If we don't fold Y into load Z, we use one
4057/// fewer register. Since Y can't be folded into "use(Y)" we don't increase the
4058/// number of computations either.
4059///
4060/// Note that this (like most of CodeGenPrepare) is just a rough heuristic. If
4061/// X was live across 'load Z' for other reasons, we actually *would* want to
4062/// fold the addressing mode in the Z case. This would make Y die earlier.
4063bool AddressingModeMatcher::
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004064isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I, ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004065 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter) {
4066 if (IgnoreProfitability) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004067
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004068 // AMBefore is the addressing mode before this instruction was folded into it,
4069 // and AMAfter is the addressing mode after the instruction was folded. Get
4070 // the set of registers referenced by AMAfter and subtract out those
4071 // referenced by AMBefore: this is the set of values which folding in this
4072 // address extends the lifetime of.
4073 //
4074 // Note that there are only two potential values being referenced here,
4075 // BaseReg and ScaleReg (global addresses are always available, as are any
4076 // folded immediates).
4077 Value *BaseReg = AMAfter.BaseReg, *ScaledReg = AMAfter.ScaledReg;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004078
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004079 // If the BaseReg or ScaledReg was referenced by the previous addrmode, their
4080 // lifetime wasn't extended by adding this instruction.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004081 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(BaseReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004082 BaseReg = nullptr;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004083 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(ScaledReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004084 ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004085
4086 // If folding this instruction (and it's subexprs) didn't extend any live
4087 // ranges, we're ok with it.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004088 if (!BaseReg && !ScaledReg)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004089 return true;
4090
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004091 // If all uses of this instruction can have the address mode sunk into them,
4092 // we can remove the addressing mode and effectively trade one live register
4093 // for another (at worst.) In this context, folding an addressing mode into
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004094 // the use is just a particularly nice way of sinking it.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004095 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction*,unsigned>, 16> MemoryUses;
4096 SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 16> ConsideredInsts;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004097 if (FindAllMemoryUses(I, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004098 return false; // Has a non-memory, non-foldable use!
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004099
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004100 // Now that we know that all uses of this instruction are part of a chain of
4101 // computation involving only operations that could theoretically be folded
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004102 // into a memory use, loop over each of these memory operation uses and see
4103 // if they could *actually* fold the instruction. The assumption is that
4104 // addressing modes are cheap and that duplicating the computation involved
4105 // many times is worthwhile, even on a fastpath. For sinking candidates
4106 // (i.e. cold call sites), this serves as a way to prevent excessive code
4107 // growth since most architectures have some reasonable small and fast way to
4108 // compute an effective address. (i.e LEA on x86)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004109 SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> MatchedAddrModeInsts;
4110 for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemoryUses.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4111 Instruction *User = MemoryUses[i].first;
4112 unsigned OpNo = MemoryUses[i].second;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004113
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004114 // Get the access type of this use. If the use isn't a pointer, we don't
4115 // know what it accesses.
4116 Value *Address = User->getOperand(OpNo);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004117 PointerType *AddrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Address->getType());
4118 if (!AddrTy)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004119 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004120 Type *AddressAccessTy = AddrTy->getElementType();
4121 unsigned AS = AddrTy->getAddressSpace();
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004122
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004123 // Do a match against the root of this address, ignoring profitability. This
4124 // will tell us if the addressing mode for the memory operation will
4125 // *actually* cover the shared instruction.
4126 ExtAddrMode Result;
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004127 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4128 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004129 AddressingModeMatcher Matcher(MatchedAddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI,
4130 AddressAccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00004131 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004132 PromotedInsts, TPT);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004133 Matcher.IgnoreProfitability = true;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004134 bool Success = Matcher.matchAddr(Address, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004135 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
4136
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004137 // The match was to check the profitability, the changes made are not
4138 // part of the original matcher. Therefore, they should be dropped
4139 // otherwise the original matcher will not present the right state.
4140 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4141
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004142 // If the match didn't cover I, then it won't be shared by it.
David Majnemer0d955d02016-08-11 22:21:41 +00004143 if (!is_contained(MatchedAddrModeInsts, I))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004144 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004145
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004146 MatchedAddrModeInsts.clear();
4147 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004148
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004149 return true;
4150}
4151
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004152/// Return true if the specified values are defined in a
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004153/// different basic block than BB.
4154static bool IsNonLocalValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
4155 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4156 return I->getParent() != BB;
4157 return false;
4158}
4159
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004160/// Sink addressing mode computation immediate before MemoryInst if doing so
4161/// can be done without increasing register pressure. The need for the
4162/// register pressure constraint means this can end up being an all or nothing
4163/// decision for all uses of the same addressing computation.
4164///
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004165/// Load and Store Instructions often have addressing modes that can do
4166/// significant amounts of computation. As such, instruction selection will try
4167/// to get the load or store to do as much computation as possible for the
4168/// program. The problem is that isel can only see within a single block. As
4169/// such, we sink as much legal addressing mode work into the block as possible.
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00004170///
4171/// This method is used to optimize both load/store and inline asms with memory
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004172/// operands. It's also used to sink addressing computations feeding into cold
4173/// call sites into their (cold) basic block.
4174///
4175/// The motivation for handling sinking into cold blocks is that doing so can
4176/// both enable other address mode sinking (by satisfying the register pressure
4177/// constraint above), and reduce register pressure globally (by removing the
4178/// addressing mode computation from the fast path entirely.).
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004179bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004180 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004181 Value *Repl = Addr;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004182
4183 // Try to collapse single-value PHI nodes. This is necessary to undo
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004184 // unprofitable PRE transformations.
Cameron Zwarich43cecb12011-01-03 06:33:01 +00004185 SmallVector<Value*, 8> worklist;
4186 SmallPtrSet<Value*, 16> Visited;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004187 worklist.push_back(Addr);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004188
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004189 // Use a worklist to iteratively look through PHI and select nodes, and
4190 // ensure that the addressing mode obtained from the non-PHI/select roots of
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004191 // the graph are compatible.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004192 bool PhiOrSelectSeen = false;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004193 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> AddrModeInsts;
Serguei Katkovaee63752017-11-05 07:59:02 +00004194 const SimplifyQuery SQ(*DL, TLInfo);
4195 AddressingModeCombiner AddrModes(SQ, { Addr, MemoryInst->getParent() });
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004196 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004197 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4198 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004199 while (!worklist.empty()) {
4200 Value *V = worklist.back();
4201 worklist.pop_back();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004202
Serguei Katkov4ea855e2017-07-19 04:49:17 +00004203 // We allow traversing cyclic Phi nodes.
4204 // In case of success after this loop we ensure that traversing through
4205 // Phi nodes ends up with all cases to compute address of the form
4206 // BaseGV + Base + Scale * Index + Offset
4207 // where Scale and Offset are constans and BaseGV, Base and Index
4208 // are exactly the same Values in all cases.
4209 // It means that BaseGV, Scale and Offset dominate our memory instruction
4210 // and have the same value as they had in address computation represented
4211 // as Phi. So we can safely sink address computation to memory instruction.
4212 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
4213 continue;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004214
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004215 // For a PHI node, push all of its incoming values.
4216 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00004217 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values())
4218 worklist.push_back(IncValue);
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004219 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
4220 continue;
4221 }
4222 // Similar for select.
4223 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
4224 worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue());
4225 worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue());
4226 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004227 continue;
4228 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004229
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004230 // For non-PHIs, determine the addressing mode being computed. Note that
4231 // the result may differ depending on what other uses our candidate
4232 // addressing instructions might have.
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004233 AddrModeInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004234 ExtAddrMode NewAddrMode = AddressingModeMatcher::Match(
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004235 V, AccessTy, AddrSpace, MemoryInst, AddrModeInsts, *TLI, *TRI,
4236 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT);
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004237 NewAddrMode.OriginalValue = V;
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00004238
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004239 if (!AddrModes.addNewAddrMode(NewAddrMode))
4240 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004241 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004242
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004243 // Try to combine the AddrModes we've collected. If we couldn't collect any,
4244 // or we have multiple but either couldn't combine them or combining them
4245 // wouldn't do anything useful, bail out now.
4246 if (!AddrModes.combineAddrModes()) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004247 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4248 return false;
4249 }
4250 TPT.commit();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004251
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004252 // Get the combined AddrMode (or the only AddrMode, if we only had one).
4253 ExtAddrMode AddrMode = AddrModes.getAddrMode();
4254
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004255 // If all the instructions matched are already in this BB, don't do anything.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004256 // If we saw a Phi node then it is not local definitely, and if we saw a select
4257 // then we want to push the address calculation past it even if it's already
4258 // in this BB.
4259 if (!PhiOrSelectSeen && none_of(AddrModeInsts, [&](Value *V) {
Justin Lebar838c7f52016-11-21 22:49:11 +00004260 return IsNonLocalValue(V, MemoryInst->getParent());
Serguei Katkov0b7b59a2017-07-11 06:24:44 +00004261 })) {
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +00004262 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Found local addrmode: " << AddrMode << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004263 return false;
4264 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004265
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004266 // Insert this computation right after this user. Since our caller is
4267 // scanning from the top of the BB to the bottom, reuse of the expr are
4268 // guaranteed to happen later.
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004269 IRBuilder<> Builder(MemoryInst);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004270
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004271 // Now that we determined the addressing expression we want to use and know
4272 // that we have to sink it into this block. Check to see if we have already
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004273 // done this for some other load/store instr in this block. If so, reuse
4274 // the computation. Before attempting reuse, check if the address is valid
4275 // as it may have been erased.
4276
4277 WeakTrackingVH SunkAddrVH = SunkAddrs[Addr];
4278
4279 Value * SunkAddr = SunkAddrVH.pointsToAliveValue() ? SunkAddrVH : nullptr;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004280 if (SunkAddr) {
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +00004281 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Reusing nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode << " for "
Louis Gerbarg1b91aa22014-05-13 21:54:22 +00004282 << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004283 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004284 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +00004285 } else if (AddrSinkUsingGEPs ||
4286 (!AddrSinkUsingGEPs.getNumOccurrences() && TM &&
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004287 SubtargetInfo->useAA())) {
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004288 // By default, we use the GEP-based method when AA is used later. This
4289 // prevents new inttoptr/ptrtoint pairs from degrading AA capabilities.
4290 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode << " for "
Louis Gerbarg1b91aa22014-05-13 21:54:22 +00004291 << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004292 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004293 Value *ResultPtr = nullptr, *ResultIndex = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004294
4295 // First, find the pointer.
4296 if (AddrMode.BaseReg && AddrMode.BaseReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4297 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004298 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004299 }
4300
4301 if (AddrMode.Scale && AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4302 // We can't add more than one pointer together, nor can we scale a
4303 // pointer (both of which seem meaningless).
4304 if (ResultPtr || AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4305 return false;
4306
4307 ResultPtr = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4308 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4309 }
4310
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004311 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4312 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4313 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4314 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4315 // do not match instead of extending it.
4316 //
4317 // (See below for code to add the scale.)
4318 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4319 Type *ScaledRegTy = AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType();
4320 if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() >
4321 cast<IntegerType>(ScaledRegTy)->getBitWidth())
4322 return false;
4323 }
4324
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004325 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
4326 if (ResultPtr)
4327 return false;
4328
4329 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseGV;
4330 }
4331
4332 // If the real base value actually came from an inttoptr, then the matcher
4333 // will look through it and provide only the integer value. In that case,
4334 // use it here.
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004335 if (!DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType())) {
4336 if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4337 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.BaseReg, Addr->getType(),
4338 "sunkaddr");
4339 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
4340 } else if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.Scale == 1) {
4341 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.ScaledReg, Addr->getType(),
4342 "sunkaddr");
4343 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4344 }
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004345 }
4346
4347 if (!ResultPtr &&
4348 !AddrMode.BaseReg && !AddrMode.Scale && !AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4349 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
4350 } else if (!ResultPtr) {
4351 return false;
4352 } else {
4353 Type *I8PtrTy =
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004354 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Addr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
4355 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004356
4357 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4358 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4359 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4360 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4361 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4362 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4363 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
4364 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
4365 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
4366
4367 ResultIndex = V;
4368 }
4369
4370 // Add the scale value.
4371 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4372 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4373 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4374 // done.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004375 } else {
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004376 assert(cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4377 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth() &&
4378 "We can't transform if ScaledReg is too narrow");
4379 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004380 }
4381
4382 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4383 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4384 "sunkaddr");
4385 if (ResultIndex)
4386 ResultIndex = Builder.CreateAdd(ResultIndex, V, "sunkaddr");
4387 else
4388 ResultIndex = V;
4389 }
4390
4391 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4392 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4393 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
4394 if (ResultIndex) {
NAKAMURA Takumif51a34e2014-10-29 15:23:11 +00004395 // We need to add this separately from the scale above to help with
4396 // SDAG consecutive load/store merging.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004397 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004398 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004399 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004400 }
4401
4402 ResultIndex = V;
4403 }
4404
4405 if (!ResultIndex) {
4406 SunkAddr = ResultPtr;
4407 } else {
4408 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004409 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004410 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004411 }
4412
4413 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004414 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004415 }
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004416 } else {
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004417 // We'd require a ptrtoint/inttoptr down the line, which we can't do for
4418 // non-integral pointers, so in that case bail out now.
4419 Type *BaseTy = AddrMode.BaseReg ? AddrMode.BaseReg->getType() : nullptr;
4420 Type *ScaleTy = AddrMode.Scale ? AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType() : nullptr;
4421 PointerType *BasePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(BaseTy);
4422 PointerType *ScalePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(ScaleTy);
4423 if (DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType()) ||
4424 (BasePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(BasePtrTy)) ||
4425 (ScalePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(ScalePtrTy)) ||
4426 (AddrMode.BaseGV &&
4427 DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(AddrMode.BaseGV->getType())))
4428 return false;
4429
David Greene74e2d492010-01-05 01:27:11 +00004430 DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode << " for "
Louis Gerbarg1b91aa22014-05-13 21:54:22 +00004431 << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004432 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004433 Value *Result = nullptr;
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004434
4435 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4436 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4437 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4438 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4439 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4440 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4441 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004442 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004443 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004444 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004445 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004446 Result = V;
4447 }
4448
4449 // Add the scale value.
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004450 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4451 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4452 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4453 // done.
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004454 } else if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004455 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004456 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4457 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004458 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004459 } else {
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004460 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4461 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4462 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4463 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4464 // do not match instead of extending it.
Joey Gouly12a8bf02014-05-13 15:42:45 +00004465 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Result);
Jim Grosbach83b44e12014-04-10 00:27:45 +00004466 if (I && (Result != AddrMode.BaseReg))
4467 I->eraseFromParent();
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004468 return false;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004469 }
4470 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004471 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4472 "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004473 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004474 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004475 else
4476 Result = V;
4477 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004478
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004479 // Add in the BaseGV if present.
4480 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004481 Value *V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(AddrMode.BaseGV, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004482 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004483 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004484 else
4485 Result = V;
4486 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004487
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004488 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4489 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
Owen Andersonedb4a702009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004490 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004491 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004492 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004493 else
4494 Result = V;
4495 }
4496
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004497 if (!Result)
Owen Anderson5a1acd92009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004498 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004499 else
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004500 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004501 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004502
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004503 MemoryInst->replaceUsesOfWith(Repl, SunkAddr);
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004504 // Store the newly computed address into the cache. In the case we reused a
4505 // value, this should be idempotent.
4506 SunkAddrs[Addr] = WeakTrackingVH(SunkAddr);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004507
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004508 // If we have no uses, recursively delete the value and all dead instructions
4509 // using it.
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004510 if (Repl->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004511 // This can cause recursive deletion, which can invalidate our iterator.
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004512 // Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004513 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004514 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004515 BasicBlock *BB = CurInstIterator->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004516
Benjamin Kramer8bcc9712012-08-29 15:32:21 +00004517 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Repl, TLInfo);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004518
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004519 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004520 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
4521 // start of the block.
4522 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
4523 SunkAddrs.clear();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004524 }
Dale Johannesenb67a6e662010-03-31 20:37:15 +00004525 }
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004526 ++NumMemoryInsts;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004527 return true;
4528}
4529
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004530/// If there are any memory operands, use OptimizeMemoryInst to sink their
4531/// address computing into the block when possible / profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004532bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS) {
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004533 bool MadeChange = false;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004534
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004535 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI =
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004536 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*CS->getFunction())->getRegisterInfo();
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004537 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
4538 TLI->ParseConstraints(*DL, TRI, CS);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004539 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
John Thompson1094c802010-09-13 18:15:37 +00004540 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4541 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004542
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004543 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Dale Johannesence97d552010-06-25 21:55:36 +00004544 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004545
Eli Friedman666bbe32008-02-26 18:37:49 +00004546 if (OpInfo.ConstraintType == TargetLowering::C_Memory &&
4547 OpInfo.isIndirect) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00004548 Value *OpVal = CS->getArgOperand(ArgNo++);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004549 MadeChange |= optimizeMemoryInst(CS, OpVal, OpVal->getType(), ~0u);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004550 } else if (OpInfo.Type == InlineAsm::isInput)
4551 ArgNo++;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004552 }
4553
4554 return MadeChange;
4555}
4556
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004557/// \brief Check if all the uses of \p Val are equivalent (or free) zero or
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004558/// sign extensions.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004559static bool hasSameExtUse(Value *Val, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
4560 assert(!Val->use_empty() && "Input must have at least one use");
4561 const Instruction *FirstUser = cast<Instruction>(*Val->user_begin());
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004562 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(FirstUser);
4563 Type *ExtTy = FirstUser->getType();
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004564 for (const User *U : Val->users()) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004565 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
4566 if ((IsSExt && !isa<SExtInst>(UI)) || (!IsSExt && !isa<ZExtInst>(UI)))
4567 return false;
4568 Type *CurTy = UI->getType();
4569 // Same input and output types: Same instruction after CSE.
4570 if (CurTy == ExtTy)
4571 continue;
4572
4573 // If IsSExt is true, we are in this situation:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004574 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004575 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4576 // c = sext ty1 a to ty3
4577 // Assuming ty2 is shorter than ty3, this could be turned into:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004578 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004579 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4580 // c = sext ty2 b to ty3
4581 // However, the last sext is not free.
4582 if (IsSExt)
4583 return false;
4584
4585 // This is a ZExt, maybe this is free to extend from one type to another.
4586 // In that case, we would not account for a different use.
4587 Type *NarrowTy;
4588 Type *LargeTy;
4589 if (ExtTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
4590 CurTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth()) {
4591 NarrowTy = CurTy;
4592 LargeTy = ExtTy;
4593 } else {
4594 NarrowTy = ExtTy;
4595 LargeTy = CurTy;
4596 }
4597
4598 if (!TLI.isZExtFree(NarrowTy, LargeTy))
4599 return false;
4600 }
4601 // All uses are the same or can be derived from one another for free.
4602 return true;
4603}
4604
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004605/// \brief Try to speculatively promote extensions in \p Exts and continue
4606/// promoting through newly promoted operands recursively as far as doing so is
4607/// profitable. Save extensions profitably moved up, in \p ProfitablyMovedExts.
4608/// When some promotion happened, \p TPT contains the proper state to revert
4609/// them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004610///
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004611/// \return true if some promotion happened, false otherwise.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004612bool CodeGenPrepare::tryToPromoteExts(
4613 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT, const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
4614 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
4615 unsigned CreatedInstsCost) {
4616 bool Promoted = false;
4617
4618 // Iterate over all the extensions to try to promote them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004619 for (auto I : Exts) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004620 // Early check if we directly have ext(load).
4621 if (isa<LoadInst>(I->getOperand(0))) {
4622 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4623 continue;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004624 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004625
4626 // Check whether or not we want to do any promotion. The reason we have
4627 // this check inside the for loop is to catch the case where an extension
4628 // is directly fed by a load because in such case the extension can be moved
4629 // up without any promotion on its operands.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004630 if (!TLI || !TLI->enableExtLdPromotion() || DisableExtLdPromotion)
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004631 return false;
4632
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004633 // Get the action to perform the promotion.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004634 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
4635 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(I, InsertedInsts, *TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004636 // Check if we can promote.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004637 if (!TPH) {
4638 // Save the current extension as we cannot move up through its operand.
4639 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004640 continue;
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004641 }
4642
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004643 // Save the current state.
4644 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4645 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
4646 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewExts;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004647 unsigned NewCreatedInstsCost = 0;
4648 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI->isExtFree(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004649 // Promote.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004650 Value *PromotedVal = TPH(I, TPT, PromotedInsts, NewCreatedInstsCost,
4651 &NewExts, nullptr, *TLI);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004652 assert(PromotedVal &&
4653 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4654
4655 // We would be able to merge only one extension in a load.
4656 // Therefore, if we have more than 1 new extension we heuristically
4657 // cut this search path, because it means we degrade the code quality.
4658 // With exactly 2, the transformation is neutral, because we will merge
4659 // one extension but leave one. However, we optimistically keep going,
4660 // because the new extension may be removed too.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004661 long long TotalCreatedInstsCost = CreatedInstsCost + NewCreatedInstsCost;
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00004662 // FIXME: It would be possible to propagate a negative value instead of
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004663 // conservatively ceiling it to 0.
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00004664 TotalCreatedInstsCost =
4665 std::max((long long)0, (TotalCreatedInstsCost - ExtCost));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004666 if (!StressExtLdPromotion &&
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004667 (TotalCreatedInstsCost > 1 ||
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004668 !isPromotedInstructionLegal(*TLI, *DL, PromotedVal))) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004669 // This promotion is not profitable, rollback to the previous state, and
4670 // save the current extension in ProfitablyMovedExts as the latest
4671 // speculative promotion turned out to be unprofitable.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004672 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004673 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4674 continue;
4675 }
4676 // Continue promoting NewExts as far as doing so is profitable.
4677 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> NewlyMovedExts;
4678 (void)tryToPromoteExts(TPT, NewExts, NewlyMovedExts, TotalCreatedInstsCost);
4679 bool NewPromoted = false;
4680 for (auto ExtInst : NewlyMovedExts) {
4681 Instruction *MovedExt = cast<Instruction>(ExtInst);
4682 Value *ExtOperand = MovedExt->getOperand(0);
4683 // If we have reached to a load, we need this extra profitability check
4684 // as it could potentially be merged into an ext(load).
4685 if (isa<LoadInst>(ExtOperand) &&
4686 !(StressExtLdPromotion || NewCreatedInstsCost <= ExtCost ||
4687 (ExtOperand->hasOneUse() || hasSameExtUse(ExtOperand, *TLI))))
4688 continue;
4689
4690 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(MovedExt);
4691 NewPromoted = true;
4692 }
4693
4694 // If none of speculative promotions for NewExts is profitable, rollback
4695 // and save the current extension (I) as the last profitable extension.
4696 if (!NewPromoted) {
4697 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4698 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004699 continue;
4700 }
4701 // The promotion is profitable.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004702 Promoted = true;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004703 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004704 return Promoted;
4705}
4706
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004707/// Merging redundant sexts when one is dominating the other.
4708bool CodeGenPrepare::mergeSExts(Function &F) {
4709 DominatorTree DT(F);
4710 bool Changed = false;
4711 for (auto &Entry : ValToSExtendedUses) {
4712 SExts &Insts = Entry.second;
4713 SExts CurPts;
4714 for (Instruction *Inst : Insts) {
4715 if (RemovedInsts.count(Inst) || !isa<SExtInst>(Inst) ||
4716 Inst->getOperand(0) != Entry.first)
4717 continue;
4718 bool inserted = false;
4719 for (auto &Pt : CurPts) {
4720 if (DT.dominates(Inst, Pt)) {
4721 Pt->replaceAllUsesWith(Inst);
4722 RemovedInsts.insert(Pt);
4723 Pt->removeFromParent();
4724 Pt = Inst;
4725 inserted = true;
4726 Changed = true;
4727 break;
4728 }
4729 if (!DT.dominates(Pt, Inst))
4730 // Give up if we need to merge in a common dominator as the
4731 // expermients show it is not profitable.
4732 continue;
4733 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(Pt);
4734 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
4735 Inst->removeFromParent();
4736 inserted = true;
4737 Changed = true;
4738 break;
4739 }
4740 if (!inserted)
4741 CurPts.push_back(Inst);
4742 }
4743 }
4744 return Changed;
4745}
4746
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004747/// Return true, if an ext(load) can be formed from an extension in
4748/// \p MovedExts.
4749bool CodeGenPrepare::canFormExtLd(
4750 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts, LoadInst *&LI,
4751 Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted) {
4752 for (auto *MovedExtInst : MovedExts) {
4753 if (isa<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0))) {
4754 LI = cast<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0));
4755 Inst = MovedExtInst;
4756 break;
4757 }
4758 }
4759 if (!LI)
4760 return false;
4761
4762 // If they're already in the same block, there's nothing to do.
4763 // Make the cheap checks first if we did not promote.
4764 // If we promoted, we need to check if it is indeed profitable.
4765 if (!HasPromoted && LI->getParent() == Inst->getParent())
4766 return false;
4767
Haicheng Wuabdef9e2017-07-15 02:12:16 +00004768 return TLI->isExtLoad(LI, Inst, *DL);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004769}
4770
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004771/// Move a zext or sext fed by a load into the same basic block as the load,
4772/// unless conditions are unfavorable. This allows SelectionDAG to fold the
4773/// extend into the load.
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004774///
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004775/// E.g.,
4776/// \code
4777/// %ld = load i32* %addr
4778/// %add = add nuw i32 %ld, 4
4779/// %zext = zext i32 %add to i64
4780// \endcode
4781/// =>
4782/// \code
4783/// %ld = load i32* %addr
4784/// %zext = zext i32 %ld to i64
4785/// %add = add nuw i64 %zext, 4
4786/// \encode
4787/// Note that the promotion in %add to i64 is done in tryToPromoteExts(), which
4788/// allow us to match zext(load i32*) to i64.
4789///
4790/// Also, try to promote the computations used to obtain a sign extended
4791/// value used into memory accesses.
4792/// E.g.,
4793/// \code
4794/// a = add nsw i32 b, 3
4795/// d = sext i32 a to i64
4796/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 d
4797/// \endcode
4798/// =>
4799/// \code
4800/// f = sext i32 b to i64
4801/// a = add nsw i64 f, 3
4802/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 a
4803/// \endcode
4804///
4805/// \p Inst[in/out] the extension may be modified during the process if some
4806/// promotions apply.
4807bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExt(Instruction *&Inst) {
4808 // ExtLoad formation and address type promotion infrastructure requires TLI to
4809 // be effective.
Chandler Carruth0f139b42016-11-04 06:54:00 +00004810 if (!TLI)
4811 return false;
4812
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004813 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader = false;
4814 /// See if it is an interesting sext operations for the address type
4815 /// promotion before trying to promote it, e.g., the ones with the right
4816 /// type and used in memory accesses.
4817 bool ATPConsiderable = TTI->shouldConsiderAddressTypePromotion(
4818 *Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader);
4819 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004820 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004821 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004822 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004823 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> SpeculativelyMovedExts;
4824 Exts.push_back(Inst);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004825
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004826 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004827
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004828 // Look for a load being extended.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004829 LoadInst *LI = nullptr;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004830 Instruction *ExtFedByLoad;
4831
4832 // Try to promote a chain of computation if it allows to form an extended
4833 // load.
4834 if (canFormExtLd(SpeculativelyMovedExts, LI, ExtFedByLoad, HasPromoted)) {
4835 assert(LI && ExtFedByLoad && "Expect a valid load and extension");
4836 TPT.commit();
4837 // Move the extend into the same block as the load
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00004838 ExtFedByLoad->moveAfter(LI);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004839 // CGP does not check if the zext would be speculatively executed when moved
4840 // to the same basic block as the load. Preserving its original location
4841 // would pessimize the debugging experience, as well as negatively impact
4842 // the quality of sample pgo. We don't want to use "line 0" as that has a
4843 // size cost in the line-table section and logically the zext can be seen as
4844 // part of the load. Therefore we conservatively reuse the same debug
4845 // location for the load and the zext.
4846 ExtFedByLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc());
4847 ++NumExtsMoved;
4848 Inst = ExtFedByLoad;
4849 return true;
4850 }
4851
4852 // Continue promoting SExts if known as considerable depending on targets.
4853 if (ATPConsiderable &&
4854 performAddressTypePromotion(Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
4855 HasPromoted, TPT, SpeculativelyMovedExts))
4856 return true;
4857
4858 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4859 return false;
4860}
4861
4862// Perform address type promotion if doing so is profitable.
4863// If AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == false, we should find other sext
4864// instructions that sign extended the same initial value. However, if
4865// AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == true, we expect promoting the
4866// extension is just profitable.
4867bool CodeGenPrepare::performAddressTypePromotion(
4868 Instruction *&Inst, bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
4869 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
4870 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
4871 bool Promoted = false;
4872 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 1> UnhandledExts;
4873 bool AllSeenFirst = true;
4874 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
4875 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
4876 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *>::iterator AlreadySeen =
4877 SeenChainsForSExt.find(HeadOfChain);
4878 // If there is an unhandled SExt which has the same header, try to promote
4879 // it as well.
4880 if (AlreadySeen != SeenChainsForSExt.end()) {
4881 if (AlreadySeen->second != nullptr)
4882 UnhandledExts.insert(AlreadySeen->second);
4883 AllSeenFirst = false;
4884 }
4885 }
4886
4887 if (!AllSeenFirst || (AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader &&
4888 SpeculativelyMovedExts.size() == 1)) {
4889 TPT.commit();
4890 if (HasPromoted)
4891 Promoted = true;
4892 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
4893 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
4894 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
4895 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
4896 }
4897 // Update Inst as promotion happen.
4898 Inst = SpeculativelyMovedExts.pop_back_val();
4899 } else {
4900 // This is the first chain visited from the header, keep the current chain
4901 // as unhandled. Defer to promote this until we encounter another SExt
4902 // chain derived from the same header.
4903 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
4904 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
4905 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = Inst;
4906 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004907 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004908 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004909
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004910 if (!AllSeenFirst && !UnhandledExts.empty())
4911 for (auto VisitedSExt : UnhandledExts) {
4912 if (RemovedInsts.count(VisitedSExt))
4913 continue;
4914 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
4915 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
4916 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Chains;
4917 Exts.push_back(VisitedSExt);
4918 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, Chains);
4919 TPT.commit();
4920 if (HasPromoted)
4921 Promoted = true;
4922 for (auto I : Chains) {
4923 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
4924 // Mark this as handled.
4925 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
4926 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
4927 }
4928 }
4929 return Promoted;
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00004930}
4931
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004932bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I) {
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004933 BasicBlock *DefBB = I->getParent();
4934
Bob Wilsonff714f92010-09-21 21:44:14 +00004935 // If the result of a {s|z}ext and its source are both live out, rewrite all
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004936 // other uses of the source with result of extension.
4937 Value *Src = I->getOperand(0);
4938 if (Src->hasOneUse())
4939 return false;
4940
Evan Cheng2011df42007-12-13 07:50:36 +00004941 // Only do this xform if truncating is free.
Gabor Greifaa261722008-02-26 19:13:21 +00004942 if (TLI && !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), Src->getType()))
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00004943 return false;
4944
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00004945 // Only safe to perform the optimization if the source is also defined in
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00004946 // this block.
4947 if (!isa<Instruction>(Src) || DefBB != cast<Instruction>(Src)->getParent())
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00004948 return false;
4949
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004950 bool DefIsLiveOut = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004951 for (User *U : I->users()) {
4952 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004953
4954 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004955 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004956 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4957 DefIsLiveOut = true;
4958 break;
4959 }
4960 if (!DefIsLiveOut)
4961 return false;
4962
Jim Grosbach0f38c1e2013-04-15 17:40:48 +00004963 // Make sure none of the uses are PHI nodes.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004964 for (User *U : Src->users()) {
4965 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
4966 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00004967 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4968 // Be conservative. We don't want this xform to end up introducing
4969 // reloads just before load / store instructions.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004970 if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<LoadInst>(UI) || isa<StoreInst>(UI))
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00004971 return false;
4972 }
4973
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004974 // InsertedTruncs - Only insert one trunc in each block once.
4975 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedTruncs;
4976
4977 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004978 for (Use &U : Src->uses()) {
4979 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004980
4981 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
4982 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
4983 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
4984
4985 // Both src and def are live in this block. Rewrite the use.
4986 Instruction *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[UserBB];
4987
4988 if (!InsertedTrunc) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00004989 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00004990 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
4991 InsertedTrunc = new TruncInst(I, Src->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00004992 InsertedInsts.insert(InsertedTrunc);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004993 }
4994
4995 // Replace a use of the {s|z}ext source with a use of the result.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004996 U = InsertedTrunc;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004997 ++NumExtUses;
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00004998 MadeChange = true;
4999 }
5000
5001 return MadeChange;
5002}
5003
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005004// Find loads whose uses only use some of the loaded value's bits. Add an "and"
5005// just after the load if the target can fold this into one extload instruction,
5006// with the hope of eliminating some of the other later "and" instructions using
5007// the loaded value. "and"s that are made trivially redundant by the insertion
5008// of the new "and" are removed by this function, while others (e.g. those whose
5009// path from the load goes through a phi) are left for isel to potentially
5010// remove.
5011//
5012// For example:
5013//
5014// b0:
5015// x = load i32
5016// ...
5017// b1:
5018// y = and x, 0xff
5019// z = use y
5020//
5021// becomes:
5022//
5023// b0:
5024// x = load i32
5025// x' = and x, 0xff
5026// ...
5027// b1:
5028// z = use x'
5029//
5030// whereas:
5031//
5032// b0:
5033// x1 = load i32
5034// ...
5035// b1:
5036// x2 = load i32
5037// ...
5038// b2:
5039// x = phi x1, x2
5040// y = and x, 0xff
5041//
5042// becomes (after a call to optimizeLoadExt for each load):
5043//
5044// b0:
5045// x1 = load i32
5046// x1' = and x1, 0xff
5047// ...
5048// b1:
5049// x2 = load i32
5050// x2' = and x2, 0xff
5051// ...
5052// b2:
5053// x = phi x1', x2'
5054// y = and x, 0xff
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005055bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load) {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005056 if (!Load->isSimple() ||
5057 !(Load->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Load->getType()->isPointerTy()))
5058 return false;
5059
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005060 // Skip loads we've already transformed.
5061 if (Load->hasOneUse() &&
5062 InsertedInsts.count(cast<Instruction>(*Load->user_begin())))
5063 return false;
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005064
5065 // Look at all uses of Load, looking through phis, to determine how many bits
5066 // of the loaded value are needed.
5067 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> WorkList;
5068 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
5069 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> AndsToMaybeRemove;
5070 for (auto *U : Load->users())
5071 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5072
5073 EVT LoadResultVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, Load->getType());
5074 unsigned BitWidth = LoadResultVT.getSizeInBits();
5075 APInt DemandBits(BitWidth, 0);
5076 APInt WidestAndBits(BitWidth, 0);
5077
5078 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5079 Instruction *I = WorkList.back();
5080 WorkList.pop_back();
5081
5082 // Break use-def graph loops.
5083 if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5084 continue;
5085
5086 // For a PHI node, push all of its users.
5087 if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
5088 for (auto *U : Phi->users())
5089 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5090 continue;
5091 }
5092
5093 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005094 case Instruction::And: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005095 auto *AndC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5096 if (!AndC)
5097 return false;
5098 APInt AndBits = AndC->getValue();
5099 DemandBits |= AndBits;
5100 // Keep track of the widest and mask we see.
5101 if (AndBits.ugt(WidestAndBits))
5102 WidestAndBits = AndBits;
5103 if (AndBits == WidestAndBits && I->getOperand(0) == Load)
5104 AndsToMaybeRemove.push_back(I);
5105 break;
5106 }
5107
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005108 case Instruction::Shl: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005109 auto *ShlC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5110 if (!ShlC)
5111 return false;
5112 uint64_t ShiftAmt = ShlC->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1);
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005113 DemandBits.setLowBits(BitWidth - ShiftAmt);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005114 break;
5115 }
5116
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005117 case Instruction::Trunc: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005118 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, I->getType());
5119 unsigned TruncBitWidth = TruncVT.getSizeInBits();
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005120 DemandBits.setLowBits(TruncBitWidth);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005121 break;
5122 }
5123
5124 default:
5125 return false;
5126 }
5127 }
5128
5129 uint32_t ActiveBits = DemandBits.getActiveBits();
5130 // Avoid hoisting (and (load x) 1) since it is unlikely to be folded by the
5131 // target even if isLoadExtLegal says an i1 EXTLOAD is valid. For example,
5132 // for the AArch64 target isLoadExtLegal(ZEXTLOAD, i32, i1) returns true, but
5133 // (and (load x) 1) is not matched as a single instruction, rather as a LDR
5134 // followed by an AND.
5135 // TODO: Look into removing this restriction by fixing backends to either
5136 // return false for isLoadExtLegal for i1 or have them select this pattern to
5137 // a single instruction.
5138 //
5139 // Also avoid hoisting if we didn't see any ands with the exact DemandBits
5140 // mask, since these are the only ands that will be removed by isel.
Craig Topperd33ee1b2017-04-03 16:34:59 +00005141 if (ActiveBits <= 1 || !DemandBits.isMask(ActiveBits) ||
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005142 WidestAndBits != DemandBits)
5143 return false;
5144
5145 LLVMContext &Ctx = Load->getType()->getContext();
5146 Type *TruncTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ctx, ActiveBits);
5147 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, TruncTy);
5148
5149 // Reject cases that won't be matched as extloads.
5150 if (!LoadResultVT.bitsGT(TruncVT) || !TruncVT.isRound() ||
5151 !TLI->isLoadExtLegal(ISD::ZEXTLOAD, LoadResultVT, TruncVT))
5152 return false;
5153
5154 IRBuilder<> Builder(Load->getNextNode());
5155 auto *NewAnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(
5156 Builder.CreateAnd(Load, ConstantInt::get(Ctx, DemandBits)));
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005157 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
5158 // optimizations don't touch it.
5159 InsertedInsts.insert(NewAnd);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005160
5161 // Replace all uses of load with new and (except for the use of load in the
5162 // new and itself).
5163 Load->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5164 NewAnd->setOperand(0, Load);
5165
5166 // Remove any and instructions that are now redundant.
5167 for (auto *And : AndsToMaybeRemove)
5168 // Check that the and mask is the same as the one we decided to put on the
5169 // new and.
5170 if (cast<ConstantInt>(And->getOperand(1))->getValue() == DemandBits) {
5171 And->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5172 if (&*CurInstIterator == And)
5173 CurInstIterator = std::next(And->getIterator());
5174 And->eraseFromParent();
5175 ++NumAndUses;
5176 }
5177
5178 ++NumAndsAdded;
5179 return true;
5180}
5181
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005182/// Check if V (an operand of a select instruction) is an expensive instruction
5183/// that is only used once.
5184static bool sinkSelectOperand(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *V) {
5185 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5186 // If it's safe to speculatively execute, then it should not have side
5187 // effects; therefore, it's safe to sink and possibly *not* execute.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00005188 return I && I->hasOneUse() && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I) &&
5189 TTI->getUserCost(I) >= TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Expensive;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005190}
5191
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005192/// Returns true if a SelectInst should be turned into an explicit branch.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005193static bool isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005194 const TargetLowering *TLI,
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005195 SelectInst *SI) {
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005196 // If even a predictable select is cheap, then a branch can't be cheaper.
5197 if (!TLI->isPredictableSelectExpensive())
5198 return false;
5199
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005200 // FIXME: This should use the same heuristics as IfConversion to determine
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005201 // whether a select is better represented as a branch.
5202
5203 // If metadata tells us that the select condition is obviously predictable,
5204 // then we want to replace the select with a branch.
5205 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
5206 if (SI->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
5207 uint64_t Max = std::max(TrueWeight, FalseWeight);
5208 uint64_t Sum = TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
Sanjay Patelc7b91e62016-05-09 17:31:55 +00005209 if (Sum != 0) {
5210 auto Probability = BranchProbability::getBranchProbability(Max, Sum);
5211 if (Probability > TLI->getPredictableBranchThreshold())
5212 return true;
5213 }
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005214 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005215
5216 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
5217
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00005218 // If a branch is predictable, an out-of-order CPU can avoid blocking on its
5219 // comparison condition. If the compare has more than one use, there's
5220 // probably another cmov or setcc around, so it's not worth emitting a branch.
Sanjay Patel5e5f0e92015-09-28 21:44:46 +00005221 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->hasOneUse())
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005222 return false;
5223
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005224 // If either operand of the select is expensive and only needed on one side
5225 // of the select, we should form a branch.
5226 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue()) ||
5227 sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue()))
5228 return true;
5229
5230 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005231}
5232
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005233/// If \p isTrue is true, return the true value of \p SI, otherwise return
5234/// false value of \p SI. If the true/false value of \p SI is defined by any
5235/// select instructions in \p Selects, look through the defining select
5236/// instruction until the true/false value is not defined in \p Selects.
5237static Value *getTrueOrFalseValue(
5238 SelectInst *SI, bool isTrue,
5239 const SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> &Selects) {
5240 Value *V;
5241
5242 for (SelectInst *DefSI = SI; DefSI != nullptr && Selects.count(DefSI);
5243 DefSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Dehao Chenc32d7122016-09-12 20:29:54 +00005244 assert(DefSI->getCondition() == SI->getCondition() &&
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005245 "The condition of DefSI does not match with SI");
5246 V = (isTrue ? DefSI->getTrueValue() : DefSI->getFalseValue());
5247 }
5248 return V;
5249}
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005250
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005251/// If we have a SelectInst that will likely profit from branch prediction,
5252/// turn it into a branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005253bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI) {
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005254 // Find all consecutive select instructions that share the same condition.
5255 SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2> ASI;
5256 ASI.push_back(SI);
5257 for (BasicBlock::iterator It = ++BasicBlock::iterator(SI);
5258 It != SI->getParent()->end(); ++It) {
5259 SelectInst *I = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&*It);
5260 if (I && SI->getCondition() == I->getCondition()) {
5261 ASI.push_back(I);
5262 } else {
5263 break;
5264 }
5265 }
5266
5267 SelectInst *LastSI = ASI.back();
5268 // Increment the current iterator to skip all the rest of select instructions
5269 // because they will be either "not lowered" or "all lowered" to branch.
5270 CurInstIterator = std::next(LastSI->getIterator());
5271
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005272 bool VectorCond = !SI->getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1);
5273
5274 // Can we convert the 'select' to CF ?
Sanjay Patela31b0c02016-04-26 00:47:39 +00005275 if (DisableSelectToBranch || OptSize || !TLI || VectorCond ||
5276 SI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005277 return false;
5278
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005279 TargetLowering::SelectSupportKind SelectKind;
5280 if (VectorCond)
5281 SelectKind = TargetLowering::VectorMaskSelect;
5282 else if (SI->getType()->isVectorTy())
5283 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarCondVectorVal;
5284 else
5285 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarValSelect;
5286
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005287 if (TLI->isSelectSupported(SelectKind) &&
5288 !isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(TTI, TLI, SI))
5289 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005290
5291 ModifiedDT = true;
5292
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005293 // Transform a sequence like this:
5294 // start:
5295 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5296 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %c, i32 %d
5297 //
5298 // Into:
5299 // start:
5300 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5301 // br i1 %cmp, label %select.true, label %select.false
5302 // select.true:
5303 // br label %select.end
5304 // select.false:
5305 // br label %select.end
5306 // select.end:
5307 // %sel = phi i32 [ %c, %select.true ], [ %d, %select.false ]
5308 //
5309 // In addition, we may sink instructions that produce %c or %d from
5310 // the entry block into the destination(s) of the new branch.
5311 // If the true or false blocks do not contain a sunken instruction, that
5312 // block and its branch may be optimized away. In that case, one side of the
5313 // first branch will point directly to select.end, and the corresponding PHI
5314 // predecessor block will be the start block.
5315
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005316 // First, we split the block containing the select into 2 blocks.
5317 BasicBlock *StartBlock = SI->getParent();
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005318 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(LastSI));
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005319 BasicBlock *EndBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "select.end");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005320
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005321 // Delete the unconditional branch that was just created by the split.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005322 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005323
5324 // These are the new basic blocks for the conditional branch.
5325 // At least one will become an actual new basic block.
5326 BasicBlock *TrueBlock = nullptr;
5327 BasicBlock *FalseBlock = nullptr;
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005328 BranchInst *TrueBranch = nullptr;
5329 BranchInst *FalseBranch = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005330
5331 // Sink expensive instructions into the conditional blocks to avoid executing
5332 // them speculatively.
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005333 for (SelectInst *SI : ASI) {
5334 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue())) {
5335 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
5336 TrueBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.true.sink",
5337 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5338 TrueBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, TrueBlock);
5339 }
5340 auto *TrueInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getTrueValue());
5341 TrueInst->moveBefore(TrueBranch);
5342 }
5343 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue())) {
5344 if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
5345 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false.sink",
5346 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5347 FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
5348 }
5349 auto *FalseInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getFalseValue());
5350 FalseInst->moveBefore(FalseBranch);
5351 }
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005352 }
5353
5354 // If there was nothing to sink, then arbitrarily choose the 'false' side
5355 // for a new input value to the PHI.
5356 if (TrueBlock == FalseBlock) {
5357 assert(TrueBlock == nullptr &&
5358 "Unexpected basic block transform while optimizing select");
5359
5360 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false",
5361 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5362 BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
5363 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005364
5365 // Insert the real conditional branch based on the original condition.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005366 // If we did not create a new block for one of the 'true' or 'false' paths
5367 // of the condition, it means that side of the branch goes to the end block
5368 // directly and the path originates from the start block from the point of
5369 // view of the new PHI.
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005370 BasicBlock *TT, *FT;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005371 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005372 TT = EndBlock;
5373 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005374 TrueBlock = StartBlock;
5375 } else if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005376 TT = TrueBlock;
5377 FT = EndBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005378 FalseBlock = StartBlock;
5379 } else {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005380 TT = TrueBlock;
5381 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005382 }
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005383 IRBuilder<>(SI).CreateCondBr(SI->getCondition(), TT, FT, SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005384
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005385 SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> INS;
5386 INS.insert(ASI.begin(), ASI.end());
5387 // Use reverse iterator because later select may use the value of the
5388 // earlier select, and we need to propagate value through earlier select
5389 // to get the PHI operand.
5390 for (auto It = ASI.rbegin(); It != ASI.rend(); ++It) {
5391 SelectInst *SI = *It;
5392 // The select itself is replaced with a PHI Node.
5393 PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(SI->getType(), 2, "", &EndBlock->front());
5394 PN->takeName(SI);
5395 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, true, INS), TrueBlock);
5396 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, false, INS), FalseBlock);
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005397
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005398 SI->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
5399 SI->eraseFromParent();
5400 INS.erase(SI);
5401 ++NumSelectsExpanded;
5402 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005403
5404 // Instruct OptimizeBlock to skip to the next block.
5405 CurInstIterator = StartBlock->end();
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005406 return true;
5407}
5408
Benjamin Kramer573ff362014-03-01 17:24:40 +00005409static bool isBroadcastShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005410 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(SVI->getShuffleMask());
5411 int SplatElem = -1;
5412 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Mask.size(); ++i) {
5413 if (SplatElem != -1 && Mask[i] != -1 && Mask[i] != SplatElem)
5414 return false;
5415 SplatElem = Mask[i];
5416 }
5417
5418 return true;
5419}
5420
5421/// Some targets have expensive vector shifts if the lanes aren't all the same
5422/// (e.g. x86 only introduced "vpsllvd" and friends with AVX2). In these cases
5423/// it's often worth sinking a shufflevector splat down to its use so that
5424/// codegen can spot all lanes are identical.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005425bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005426 BasicBlock *DefBB = SVI->getParent();
5427
5428 // Only do this xform if variable vector shifts are particularly expensive.
5429 if (!TLI || !TLI->isVectorShiftByScalarCheap(SVI->getType()))
5430 return false;
5431
5432 // We only expect better codegen by sinking a shuffle if we can recognise a
5433 // constant splat.
5434 if (!isBroadcastShuffle(SVI))
5435 return false;
5436
5437 // InsertedShuffles - Only insert a shuffle in each block once.
5438 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedShuffles;
5439
5440 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005441 for (User *U : SVI->users()) {
5442 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005443
5444 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005445 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005446 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5447
5448 // For now only apply this when the splat is used by a shift instruction.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005449 if (!UI->isShift()) continue;
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005450
5451 // Everything checks out, sink the shuffle if the user's block doesn't
5452 // already have a copy.
5453 Instruction *&InsertedShuffle = InsertedShuffles[UserBB];
5454
5455 if (!InsertedShuffle) {
5456 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005457 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5458 InsertedShuffle =
5459 new ShuffleVectorInst(SVI->getOperand(0), SVI->getOperand(1),
5460 SVI->getOperand(2), "", &*InsertPt);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005461 }
5462
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005463 UI->replaceUsesOfWith(SVI, InsertedShuffle);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005464 MadeChange = true;
5465 }
5466
5467 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shuffle.
5468 if (SVI->use_empty()) {
5469 SVI->eraseFromParent();
5470 MadeChange = true;
5471 }
5472
5473 return MadeChange;
5474}
5475
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005476bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI) {
5477 if (!TLI || !DL)
5478 return false;
5479
5480 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
5481 Type *OldType = Cond->getType();
5482 LLVMContext &Context = Cond->getContext();
5483 MVT RegType = TLI->getRegisterType(Context, TLI->getValueType(*DL, OldType));
5484 unsigned RegWidth = RegType.getSizeInBits();
5485
5486 if (RegWidth <= cast<IntegerType>(OldType)->getBitWidth())
5487 return false;
5488
5489 // If the register width is greater than the type width, expand the condition
5490 // of the switch instruction and each case constant to the width of the
5491 // register. By widening the type of the switch condition, subsequent
5492 // comparisons (for case comparisons) will not need to be extended to the
5493 // preferred register width, so we will potentially eliminate N-1 extends,
5494 // where N is the number of cases in the switch.
5495 auto *NewType = Type::getIntNTy(Context, RegWidth);
5496
5497 // Zero-extend the switch condition and case constants unless the switch
5498 // condition is a function argument that is already being sign-extended.
5499 // In that case, we can avoid an unnecessary mask/extension by sign-extending
5500 // everything instead.
5501 Instruction::CastOps ExtType = Instruction::ZExt;
5502 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Cond))
5503 if (Arg->hasSExtAttr())
5504 ExtType = Instruction::SExt;
5505
5506 auto *ExtInst = CastInst::Create(ExtType, Cond, NewType);
5507 ExtInst->insertBefore(SI);
5508 SI->setCondition(ExtInst);
Chandler Carruth927d8e62017-04-12 07:27:28 +00005509 for (auto Case : SI->cases()) {
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005510 APInt NarrowConst = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
5511 APInt WideConst = (ExtType == Instruction::ZExt) ?
5512 NarrowConst.zext(RegWidth) : NarrowConst.sext(RegWidth);
5513 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(Context, WideConst));
5514 }
5515
5516 return true;
5517}
5518
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00005519
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005520namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005521
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005522/// \brief Helper class to promote a scalar operation to a vector one.
5523/// This class is used to move downward extractelement transition.
5524/// E.g.,
5525/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
5526/// b = extractelement <2 x i32> a, i32 0
5527/// c = scalar_op b
5528/// store c
5529///
5530/// =>
5531/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
5532/// c = vector_op a (equivalent to scalar_op on the related lane)
5533/// * d = extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0
5534/// * store d
5535/// Assuming both extractelement and store can be combine, we get rid of the
5536/// transition.
5537class VectorPromoteHelper {
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005538 /// DataLayout associated with the current module.
5539 const DataLayout &DL;
5540
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005541 /// Used to perform some checks on the legality of vector operations.
5542 const TargetLowering &TLI;
5543
5544 /// Used to estimated the cost of the promoted chain.
5545 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
5546
5547 /// The transition being moved downwards.
5548 Instruction *Transition;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005549
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005550 /// The sequence of instructions to be promoted.
5551 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> InstsToBePromoted;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005552
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005553 /// Cost of combining a store and an extract.
5554 unsigned StoreExtractCombineCost;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005555
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005556 /// Instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005557 Instruction *CombineInst = nullptr;
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005558
5559 /// \brief The instruction that represents the current end of the transition.
5560 /// Since we are faking the promotion until we reach the end of the chain
5561 /// of computation, we need a way to get the current end of the transition.
5562 Instruction *getEndOfTransition() const {
5563 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty())
5564 return Transition;
5565 return InstsToBePromoted.back();
5566 }
5567
5568 /// \brief Return the index of the original value in the transition.
5569 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the original value,
5570 /// c, is at index 0.
5571 unsigned getTransitionOriginalValueIdx() const {
5572 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
5573 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
5574 return 0;
5575 }
5576
5577 /// \brief Return the index of the index in the transition.
5578 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0" the index
5579 /// is at index 1.
5580 unsigned getTransitionIdx() const {
5581 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
5582 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
5583 return 1;
5584 }
5585
5586 /// \brief Get the type of the transition.
5587 /// This is the type of the original value.
5588 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the type of the
5589 /// transition is <2 x i32>.
5590 Type *getTransitionType() const {
5591 return Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx())->getType();
5592 }
5593
5594 /// \brief Promote \p ToBePromoted by moving \p Def downward through.
5595 /// I.e., we have the following sequence:
5596 /// Def = Transition <ty1> a to <ty2>
5597 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty2> Def, ...
5598 /// =>
5599 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty1> a, ...
5600 /// Def = Transition <ty1> ToBePromoted to <ty2>
5601 void promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted);
5602
5603 /// \brief Check whether or not it is profitable to promote all the
5604 /// instructions enqueued to be promoted.
5605 bool isProfitableToPromote() {
5606 Value *ValIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
5607 unsigned Index = isa<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)
5608 ? cast<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)->getZExtValue()
5609 : -1;
5610 Type *PromotedType = getTransitionType();
5611
5612 StoreInst *ST = cast<StoreInst>(CombineInst);
5613 unsigned AS = ST->getPointerAddressSpace();
5614 unsigned Align = ST->getAlignment();
5615 // Check if this store is supported.
5616 if (!TLI.allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005617 TLI.getValueType(DL, ST->getValueOperand()->getType()), AS,
5618 Align)) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005619 // If this is not supported, there is no way we can combine
5620 // the extract with the store.
5621 return false;
5622 }
5623
5624 // The scalar chain of computation has to pay for the transition
5625 // scalar to vector.
5626 // The vector chain has to account for the combining cost.
5627 uint64_t ScalarCost =
5628 TTI.getVectorInstrCost(Transition->getOpcode(), PromotedType, Index);
5629 uint64_t VectorCost = StoreExtractCombineCost;
5630 for (const auto &Inst : InstsToBePromoted) {
5631 // Compute the cost.
5632 // By construction, all instructions being promoted are arithmetic ones.
5633 // Moreover, one argument is a constant that can be viewed as a splat
5634 // constant.
5635 Value *Arg0 = Inst->getOperand(0);
5636 bool IsArg0Constant = isa<UndefValue>(Arg0) || isa<ConstantInt>(Arg0) ||
5637 isa<ConstantFP>(Arg0);
5638 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg0OVK =
5639 IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
5640 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
5641 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg1OVK =
5642 !IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
5643 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
5644 ScalarCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(
5645 Inst->getOpcode(), Inst->getType(), Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
5646 VectorCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(Inst->getOpcode(), PromotedType,
5647 Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
5648 }
5649 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Estimated cost of computation to be promoted:\nScalar: "
5650 << ScalarCost << "\nVector: " << VectorCost << '\n');
5651 return ScalarCost > VectorCost;
5652 }
5653
5654 /// \brief Generate a constant vector with \p Val with the same
5655 /// number of elements as the transition.
5656 /// \p UseSplat defines whether or not \p Val should be replicated
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00005657 /// across the whole vector.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005658 /// In other words, if UseSplat == true, we generate <Val, Val, ..., Val>,
5659 /// otherwise we generate a vector with as many undef as possible:
5660 /// <undef, ..., undef, Val, undef, ..., undef> where \p Val is only
5661 /// used at the index of the extract.
5662 Value *getConstantVector(Constant *Val, bool UseSplat) const {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005663 unsigned ExtractIdx = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005664 if (!UseSplat) {
5665 // If we cannot determine where the constant must be, we have to
5666 // use a splat constant.
5667 Value *ValExtractIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionIdx());
5668 if (ConstantInt *CstVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ValExtractIdx))
5669 ExtractIdx = CstVal->getSExtValue();
5670 else
5671 UseSplat = true;
5672 }
5673
5674 unsigned End = getTransitionType()->getVectorNumElements();
5675 if (UseSplat)
5676 return ConstantVector::getSplat(End, Val);
5677
5678 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstVec;
5679 UndefValue *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(Val->getType());
5680 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != End; ++Idx) {
5681 if (Idx == ExtractIdx)
5682 ConstVec.push_back(Val);
5683 else
5684 ConstVec.push_back(UndefVal);
5685 }
5686 return ConstantVector::get(ConstVec);
5687 }
5688
5689 /// \brief Check if promoting to a vector type an operand at \p OperandIdx
5690 /// in \p Use can trigger undefined behavior.
5691 static bool canCauseUndefinedBehavior(const Instruction *Use,
5692 unsigned OperandIdx) {
5693 // This is not safe to introduce undef when the operand is on
5694 // the right hand side of a division-like instruction.
5695 if (OperandIdx != 1)
5696 return false;
5697 switch (Use->getOpcode()) {
5698 default:
5699 return false;
5700 case Instruction::SDiv:
5701 case Instruction::UDiv:
5702 case Instruction::SRem:
5703 case Instruction::URem:
5704 return true;
5705 case Instruction::FDiv:
5706 case Instruction::FRem:
5707 return !Use->hasNoNaNs();
5708 }
5709 llvm_unreachable(nullptr);
5710 }
5711
5712public:
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005713 VectorPromoteHelper(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLowering &TLI,
5714 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, Instruction *Transition,
5715 unsigned CombineCost)
5716 : DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), Transition(Transition),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005717 StoreExtractCombineCost(CombineCost) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005718 assert(Transition && "Do not know how to promote null");
5719 }
5720
5721 /// \brief Check if we can promote \p ToBePromoted to \p Type.
5722 bool canPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
5723 // We could support CastInst too.
5724 return isa<BinaryOperator>(ToBePromoted);
5725 }
5726
5727 /// \brief Check if it is profitable to promote \p ToBePromoted
5728 /// by moving downward the transition through.
5729 bool shouldPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
5730 // Promote only if all the operands can be statically expanded.
5731 // Indeed, we do not want to introduce any new kind of transitions.
5732 for (const Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
5733 const Value *Val = U.get();
5734 if (Val == getEndOfTransition()) {
5735 // If the use is a division and the transition is on the rhs,
5736 // we cannot promote the operation, otherwise we may create a
5737 // division by zero.
5738 if (canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()))
5739 return false;
5740 continue;
5741 }
5742 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val) && !isa<UndefValue>(Val) &&
5743 !isa<ConstantFP>(Val))
5744 return false;
5745 }
5746 // Check that the resulting operation is legal.
5747 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(ToBePromoted->getOpcode());
5748 if (!ISDOpcode)
5749 return false;
5750 return StressStoreExtract ||
Ahmed Bougacha026600d2014-11-12 23:05:03 +00005751 TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005752 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, getTransitionType(), true));
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005753 }
5754
5755 /// \brief Check whether or not \p Use can be combined
5756 /// with the transition.
5757 /// I.e., is it possible to do Use(Transition) => AnotherUse?
5758 bool canCombine(const Instruction *Use) { return isa<StoreInst>(Use); }
5759
5760 /// \brief Record \p ToBePromoted as part of the chain to be promoted.
5761 void enqueueForPromotion(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
5762 InstsToBePromoted.push_back(ToBePromoted);
5763 }
5764
5765 /// \brief Set the instruction that will be combined with the transition.
5766 void recordCombineInstruction(Instruction *ToBeCombined) {
5767 assert(canCombine(ToBeCombined) && "Unsupported instruction to combine");
5768 CombineInst = ToBeCombined;
5769 }
5770
5771 /// \brief Promote all the instructions enqueued for promotion if it is
5772 /// is profitable.
5773 /// \return True if the promotion happened, false otherwise.
5774 bool promote() {
5775 // Check if there is something to promote.
5776 // Right now, if we do not have anything to combine with,
5777 // we assume the promotion is not profitable.
5778 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty() || !CombineInst)
5779 return false;
5780
5781 // Check cost.
5782 if (!StressStoreExtract && !isProfitableToPromote())
5783 return false;
5784
5785 // Promote.
5786 for (auto &ToBePromoted : InstsToBePromoted)
5787 promoteImpl(ToBePromoted);
5788 InstsToBePromoted.clear();
5789 return true;
5790 }
5791};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005792
5793} // end anonymous namespace
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005794
5795void VectorPromoteHelper::promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
5796 // At this point, we know that all the operands of ToBePromoted but Def
5797 // can be statically promoted.
5798 // For Def, we need to use its parameter in ToBePromoted:
5799 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 a
5800 // Def = Transition ty1 b to ty2
5801 // Move the transition down.
5802 // 1. Replace all uses of the promoted operation by the transition.
5803 // = ... b => = ... Def.
5804 assert(ToBePromoted->getType() == Transition->getType() &&
5805 "The type of the result of the transition does not match "
5806 "the final type");
5807 ToBePromoted->replaceAllUsesWith(Transition);
5808 // 2. Update the type of the uses.
5809 // b = ToBePromoted ty2 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def.
5810 Type *TransitionTy = getTransitionType();
5811 ToBePromoted->mutateType(TransitionTy);
5812 // 3. Update all the operands of the promoted operation with promoted
5813 // operands.
5814 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 a.
5815 for (Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
5816 Value *Val = U.get();
5817 Value *NewVal = nullptr;
5818 if (Val == Transition)
5819 NewVal = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
5820 else if (isa<UndefValue>(Val) || isa<ConstantInt>(Val) ||
5821 isa<ConstantFP>(Val)) {
5822 // Use a splat constant if it is not safe to use undef.
5823 NewVal = getConstantVector(
5824 cast<Constant>(Val),
5825 isa<UndefValue>(Val) ||
5826 canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()));
5827 } else
Craig Topperd3c02f12015-01-05 10:15:49 +00005828 llvm_unreachable("Did you modified shouldPromote and forgot to update "
5829 "this?");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005830 ToBePromoted->setOperand(U.getOperandNo(), NewVal);
5831 }
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00005832 Transition->moveAfter(ToBePromoted);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005833 Transition->setOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx(), ToBePromoted);
5834}
5835
5836/// Some targets can do store(extractelement) with one instruction.
5837/// Try to push the extractelement towards the stores when the target
5838/// has this feature and this is profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005839bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005840 unsigned CombineCost = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005841 if (DisableStoreExtract || !TLI ||
5842 (!StressStoreExtract &&
5843 !TLI->canCombineStoreAndExtract(Inst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
5844 Inst->getOperand(1), CombineCost)))
5845 return false;
5846
5847 // At this point we know that Inst is a vector to scalar transition.
5848 // Try to move it down the def-use chain, until:
5849 // - We can combine the transition with its single use
5850 // => we got rid of the transition.
5851 // - We escape the current basic block
5852 // => we would need to check that we are moving it at a cheaper place and
5853 // we do not do that for now.
5854 BasicBlock *Parent = Inst->getParent();
5855 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found an interesting transition: " << *Inst << '\n');
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005856 VectorPromoteHelper VPH(*DL, *TLI, *TTI, Inst, CombineCost);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005857 // If the transition has more than one use, assume this is not going to be
5858 // beneficial.
5859 while (Inst->hasOneUse()) {
5860 Instruction *ToBePromoted = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
5861 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Use: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
5862
5863 if (ToBePromoted->getParent() != Parent) {
5864 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Instruction to promote is in a different block ("
5865 << ToBePromoted->getParent()->getName()
5866 << ") than the transition (" << Parent->getName() << ").\n");
5867 return false;
5868 }
5869
5870 if (VPH.canCombine(ToBePromoted)) {
5871 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Assume " << *Inst << '\n'
5872 << "will be combined with: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
5873 VPH.recordCombineInstruction(ToBePromoted);
5874 bool Changed = VPH.promote();
5875 NumStoreExtractExposed += Changed;
5876 return Changed;
5877 }
5878
5879 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Try promoting.\n");
5880 if (!VPH.canPromote(ToBePromoted) || !VPH.shouldPromote(ToBePromoted))
5881 return false;
5882
5883 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting is possible... Enqueue for promotion!\n");
5884
5885 VPH.enqueueForPromotion(ToBePromoted);
5886 Inst = ToBePromoted;
5887 }
5888 return false;
5889}
5890
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00005891/// For the instruction sequence of store below, F and I values
5892/// are bundled together as an i64 value before being stored into memory.
5893/// Sometimes it is more efficent to generate separate stores for F and I,
5894/// which can remove the bitwise instructions or sink them to colder places.
5895///
5896/// (store (or (zext (bitcast F to i32) to i64),
5897/// (shl (zext I to i64), 32)), addr) -->
5898/// (store F, addr) and (store I, addr+4)
5899///
5900/// Similarly, splitting for other merged store can also be beneficial, like:
5901/// For pair of {i32, i32}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
5902/// For pair of {i32, i16}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
5903/// For pair of {i16, i16}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
5904/// For pair of {i16, i8}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
5905/// For pair of {i8, i8}, i16 store --> two i8 stores.
5906///
5907/// We allow each target to determine specifically which kind of splitting is
5908/// supported.
5909///
5910/// The store patterns are commonly seen from the simple code snippet below
5911/// if only std::make_pair(...) is sroa transformed before inlined into hoo.
5912/// void goo(const std::pair<int, float> &);
5913/// hoo() {
5914/// ...
5915/// goo(std::make_pair(tmp, ftmp));
5916/// ...
5917/// }
5918///
5919/// Although we already have similar splitting in DAG Combine, we duplicate
5920/// it in CodeGenPrepare to catch the case in which pattern is across
5921/// multiple BBs. The logic in DAG Combine is kept to catch case generated
5922/// during code expansion.
5923static bool splitMergedValStore(StoreInst &SI, const DataLayout &DL,
5924 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
5925 // Handle simple but common cases only.
5926 Type *StoreType = SI.getValueOperand()->getType();
5927 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoreType) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) ||
5928 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) == 0)
5929 return false;
5930
5931 unsigned HalfValBitSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) / 2;
5932 Type *SplitStoreType = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), HalfValBitSize);
5933 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(SplitStoreType) !=
5934 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SplitStoreType))
5935 return false;
5936
5937 // Match the following patterns:
5938 // (store (or (zext LValue to i64),
5939 // (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
5940 // or
5941 // (store (or (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
5942 // (zext LValue to i64),
5943 // Expect both operands of OR and the first operand of SHL have only
5944 // one use.
5945 Value *LValue, *HValue;
5946 if (!match(SI.getValueOperand(),
5947 m_c_Or(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(LValue))),
5948 m_OneUse(m_Shl(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(HValue))),
5949 m_SpecificInt(HalfValBitSize))))))
5950 return false;
5951
5952 // Check LValue and HValue are int with size less or equal than 32.
5953 if (!LValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
5954 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize ||
5955 !HValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
5956 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(HValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize)
5957 return false;
5958
5959 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast instruction, use the EVT before bitcast
5960 // as the input of target query.
5961 auto *LBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(LValue);
5962 auto *HBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(HValue);
5963 EVT LowTy = LBC ? EVT::getEVT(LBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
5964 : EVT::getEVT(LValue->getType());
5965 EVT HighTy = HBC ? EVT::getEVT(HBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
5966 : EVT::getEVT(HValue->getType());
5967 if (!ForceSplitStore && !TLI.isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(LowTy, HighTy))
5968 return false;
5969
5970 // Start to split store.
5971 IRBuilder<> Builder(SI.getContext());
5972 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
5973
5974 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast in another BB, create a new one in current
5975 // BB so it may be merged with the splitted stores by dag combiner.
5976 if (LBC && LBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
5977 LValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(LBC->getOperand(0), LBC->getType());
5978 if (HBC && HBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
5979 HValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(HBC->getOperand(0), HBC->getType());
5980
5981 auto CreateSplitStore = [&](Value *V, bool Upper) {
5982 V = Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(V, SplitStoreType);
5983 Value *Addr = Builder.CreateBitCast(
5984 SI.getOperand(1),
5985 SplitStoreType->getPointerTo(SI.getPointerAddressSpace()));
5986 if (Upper)
5987 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(
5988 SplitStoreType, Addr,
5989 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(SI.getContext()), 1));
5990 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
5991 V, Addr, Upper ? SI.getAlignment() / 2 : SI.getAlignment());
5992 };
5993
5994 CreateSplitStore(LValue, false);
5995 CreateSplitStore(HValue, true);
5996
5997 // Delete the old store.
5998 SI.eraseFromParent();
5999 return true;
6000}
6001
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006002// Return true if the GEP has two operands, the first operand is of a sequential
6003// type, and the second operand is a constant.
6004static bool GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
6005 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
6006 return GEP->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
6007 I.isSequential() &&
6008 isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1));
6009}
6010
6011// Try unmerging GEPs to reduce liveness interference (register pressure) across
6012// IndirectBr edges. Since IndirectBr edges tend to touch on many blocks,
6013// reducing liveness interference across those edges benefits global register
6014// allocation. Currently handles only certain cases.
6015//
6016// For example, unmerge %GEPI and %UGEPI as below.
6017//
6018// ---------- BEFORE ----------
6019// SrcBlock:
6020// ...
6021// %GEPIOp = ...
6022// ...
6023// %GEPI = gep %GEPIOp, Idx
6024// ...
6025// indirectbr ... [ label %DstB0, label %DstB1, ... label %DstBi ... ]
6026// (* %GEPI is alive on the indirectbr edges due to other uses ahead)
6027// (* %GEPIOp is alive on the indirectbr edges only because of it's used by
6028// %UGEPI)
6029//
6030// DstB0: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6031// DstB1: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6032// ...
6033//
6034// DstBi:
6035// ...
6036// %UGEPI = gep %GEPIOp, UIdx
6037// ...
6038// ---------------------------
6039//
6040// ---------- AFTER ----------
6041// SrcBlock:
6042// ... (same as above)
6043// (* %GEPI is still alive on the indirectbr edges)
6044// (* %GEPIOp is no longer alive on the indirectbr edges as a result of the
6045// unmerging)
6046// ...
6047//
6048// DstBi:
6049// ...
6050// %UGEPI = gep %GEPI, (UIdx-Idx)
6051// ...
6052// ---------------------------
6053//
6054// The register pressure on the IndirectBr edges is reduced because %GEPIOp is
6055// no longer alive on them.
6056//
6057// We try to unmerge GEPs here in CodGenPrepare, as opposed to limiting merging
6058// of GEPs in the first place in InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst() so as
6059// not to disable further simplications and optimizations as a result of GEP
6060// merging.
6061//
6062// Note this unmerging may increase the length of the data flow critical path
6063// (the path from %GEPIOp to %UGEPI would go through %GEPI), which is a tradeoff
6064// between the register pressure and the length of data-flow critical
6065// path. Restricting this to the uncommon IndirectBr case would minimize the
6066// impact of potentially longer critical path, if any, and the impact on compile
6067// time.
6068static bool tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI,
6069 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6070 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = GEPI->getParent();
6071 // Check that SrcBlock ends with an IndirectBr. If not, give up. The common
6072 // (non-IndirectBr) cases exit early here.
6073 if (!isa<IndirectBrInst>(SrcBlock->getTerminator()))
6074 return false;
6075 // Check that GEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index.
6076 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GEPI))
6077 return false;
6078 ConstantInt *GEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(1));
6079 // Check that GEPI is a cheap one.
6080 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(GEPIIdx->getValue(), GEPIIdx->getType())
6081 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6082 return false;
6083 Value *GEPIOp = GEPI->getOperand(0);
6084 // Check that GEPIOp is an instruction that's also defined in SrcBlock.
6085 if (!isa<Instruction>(GEPIOp))
6086 return false;
6087 auto *GEPIOpI = cast<Instruction>(GEPIOp);
6088 if (GEPIOpI->getParent() != SrcBlock)
6089 return false;
6090 // Check that GEP is used outside the block, meaning it's alive on the
6091 // IndirectBr edge(s).
6092 if (find_if(GEPI->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6093 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Usr)) {
6094 if (I->getParent() != SrcBlock) {
6095 return true;
6096 }
6097 }
6098 return false;
6099 }) == GEPI->users().end())
6100 return false;
6101 // The second elements of the GEP chains to be unmerged.
6102 std::vector<GetElementPtrInst *> UGEPIs;
6103 // Check each user of GEPIOp to check if unmerging would make GEPIOp not alive
6104 // on IndirectBr edges.
6105 for (User *Usr : GEPIOp->users()) {
6106 if (Usr == GEPI) continue;
6107 // Check if Usr is an Instruction. If not, give up.
6108 if (!isa<Instruction>(Usr))
6109 return false;
6110 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(Usr);
6111 // Check if Usr in the same block as GEPIOp, which is fine, skip.
6112 if (UI->getParent() == SrcBlock)
6113 continue;
6114 // Check if Usr is a GEP. If not, give up.
6115 if (!isa<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr))
6116 return false;
6117 auto *UGEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr);
6118 // Check if UGEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index and GEPIOp is
6119 // the pointer operand to it. If so, record it in the vector. If not, give
6120 // up.
6121 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(UGEPI))
6122 return false;
6123 if (UGEPI->getOperand(0) != GEPIOp)
6124 return false;
6125 if (GEPIIdx->getType() !=
6126 cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1))->getType())
6127 return false;
6128 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6129 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(UGEPIIdx->getValue(), UGEPIIdx->getType())
6130 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6131 return false;
6132 UGEPIs.push_back(UGEPI);
6133 }
6134 if (UGEPIs.size() == 0)
6135 return false;
6136 // Check the materializing cost of (Uidx-Idx).
6137 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6138 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6139 APInt NewIdx = UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue();
6140 unsigned ImmCost = TTI->getIntImmCost(NewIdx, GEPIIdx->getType());
6141 if (ImmCost > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6142 return false;
6143 }
6144 // Now unmerge between GEPI and UGEPIs.
6145 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6146 UGEPI->setOperand(0, GEPI);
6147 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6148 Constant *NewUGEPIIdx =
6149 ConstantInt::get(GEPIIdx->getType(),
6150 UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue());
6151 UGEPI->setOperand(1, NewUGEPIIdx);
6152 // If GEPI is not inbounds but UGEPI is inbounds, change UGEPI to not
6153 // inbounds to avoid UB.
6154 if (!GEPI->isInBounds()) {
6155 UGEPI->setIsInBounds(false);
6156 }
6157 }
6158 // After unmerging, verify that GEPIOp is actually only used in SrcBlock (not
6159 // alive on IndirectBr edges).
6160 assert(find_if(GEPIOp->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6161 return cast<Instruction>(Usr)->getParent() != SrcBlock;
6162 }) == GEPIOp->users().end() && "GEPIOp is used outside SrcBlock");
6163 return true;
6164}
6165
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006166bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00006167 // Bail out if we inserted the instruction to prevent optimizations from
6168 // stepping on each other's toes.
6169 if (InsertedInsts.count(I))
6170 return false;
6171
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006172 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
6173 // It is possible for very late stage optimizations (such as SimplifyCFG)
6174 // to introduce PHI nodes too late to be cleaned up. If we detect such a
6175 // trivial PHI, go ahead and zap it here.
Daniel Berlin4d0fe642017-04-28 19:55:38 +00006176 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, {*DL, TLInfo})) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006177 P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
6178 P->eraseFromParent();
6179 ++NumPHIsElim;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006180 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006181 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006182 return false;
6183 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006184
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006185 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006186 // If the source of the cast is a constant, then this should have
6187 // already been constant folded. The only reason NOT to constant fold
6188 // it is if something (e.g. LSR) was careful to place the constant
6189 // evaluation in a block other than then one that uses it (e.g. to hoist
6190 // the address of globals out of a loop). If this is the case, we don't
6191 // want to forward-subst the cast.
6192 if (isa<Constant>(CI->getOperand(0)))
6193 return false;
6194
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006195 if (TLI && OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CI, *TLI, *DL))
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006196 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006197
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006198 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006199 /// Sink a zext or sext into its user blocks if the target type doesn't
6200 /// fit in one register
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006201 if (TLI &&
6202 TLI->getTypeAction(CI->getContext(),
6203 TLI->getValueType(*DL, CI->getType())) ==
6204 TargetLowering::TypeExpandInteger) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006205 return SinkCast(CI);
6206 } else {
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00006207 bool MadeChange = optimizeExt(I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006208 return MadeChange | optimizeExtUses(I);
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006209 }
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006210 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006211 return false;
6212 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006213
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006214 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
Hal Finkeldecb0242014-01-02 21:13:43 +00006215 if (!TLI || !TLI->hasMultipleConditionRegisters())
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00006216 return OptimizeCmpExpression(CI, TLI);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006217
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006218 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006219 LI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006220 if (TLI) {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006221 bool Modified = optimizeLoadExt(LI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006222 unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006223 Modified |= optimizeMemoryInst(I, I->getOperand(0), LI->getType(), AS);
6224 return Modified;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006225 }
Hans Wennborgf3254832012-10-30 11:23:25 +00006226 return false;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006227 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006228
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006229 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006230 if (TLI && splitMergedValStore(*SI, *DL, *TLI))
6231 return true;
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006232 SI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006233 if (TLI) {
6234 unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006235 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, SI->getOperand(1),
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006236 SI->getOperand(0)->getType(), AS);
6237 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006238 return false;
6239 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006240
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00006241 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
6242 unsigned AS = RMW->getPointerAddressSpace();
6243 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, RMW->getPointerOperand(),
6244 RMW->getType(), AS);
6245 }
6246
6247 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
6248 unsigned AS = CmpX->getPointerAddressSpace();
6249 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, CmpX->getPointerOperand(),
6250 CmpX->getCompareOperand()->getType(), AS);
6251 }
6252
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006253 BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
6254
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00006255 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) &&
6256 EnableAndCmpSinking && TLI)
6257 return sinkAndCmp0Expression(BinOp, *TLI, InsertedInsts);
6258
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006259 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr ||
6260 BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)) {
6261 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BinOp->getOperand(1));
6262 if (TLI && CI && TLI->hasExtractBitsInsn())
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006263 return OptimizeExtractBits(BinOp, CI, *TLI, *DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006264
6265 return false;
6266 }
6267
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006268 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006269 if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
6270 /// The GEP operand must be a pointer, so must its result -> BitCast
6271 Instruction *NC = new BitCastInst(GEPI->getOperand(0), GEPI->getType(),
6272 GEPI->getName(), GEPI);
6273 GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NC);
6274 GEPI->eraseFromParent();
6275 ++NumGEPsElim;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006276 optimizeInst(NC, ModifiedDT);
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006277 return true;
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006278 }
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006279 if (tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GEPI, TTI)) {
6280 return true;
6281 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006282 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006283 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006284
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006285 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006286 return optimizeCallInst(CI, ModifiedDT);
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006287
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006288 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006289 return optimizeSelectInst(SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006290
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006291 if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006292 return optimizeShuffleVectorInst(SVI);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006293
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006294 if (auto *Switch = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I))
6295 return optimizeSwitchInst(Switch);
6296
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006297 if (isa<ExtractElementInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006298 return optimizeExtractElementInst(I);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006299
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006300 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006301}
6302
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006303/// Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bitreverse
6304/// idiom. If so, insert the new intrinsic and return true.
6305static bool makeBitReverse(Instruction &I, const DataLayout &DL,
6306 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6307 if (!I.getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6308 !TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BITREVERSE,
6309 TLI.getValueType(DL, I.getType(), true)))
6310 return false;
6311
6312 SmallVector<Instruction*, 4> Insts;
Chad Rosiera00df492016-05-25 16:22:14 +00006313 if (!recognizeBSwapOrBitReverseIdiom(&I, false, true, Insts))
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006314 return false;
6315 Instruction *LastInst = Insts.back();
6316 I.replaceAllUsesWith(LastInst);
6317 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(&I);
6318 return true;
6319}
6320
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006321// In this pass we look for GEP and cast instructions that are used
6322// across basic blocks and rewrite them to improve basic-block-at-a-time
6323// selection.
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006324bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +00006325 SunkAddrs.clear();
Cameron Zwarich5dd2aa22011-03-02 03:31:46 +00006326 bool MadeChange = false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00006327
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00006328 CurInstIterator = BB.begin();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006329 while (CurInstIterator != BB.end()) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006330 MadeChange |= optimizeInst(&*CurInstIterator++, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006331 if (ModifiedDT)
6332 return true;
6333 }
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00006334
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006335 bool MadeBitReverse = true;
6336 while (TLI && MadeBitReverse) {
6337 MadeBitReverse = false;
6338 for (auto &I : reverse(BB)) {
6339 if (makeBitReverse(I, *DL, *TLI)) {
6340 MadeBitReverse = MadeChange = true;
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +00006341 ModifiedDT = true;
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006342 break;
6343 }
6344 }
6345 }
James Molloy3ef84c42016-01-15 10:36:01 +00006346 MadeChange |= dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(&BB);
Junmo Park7d6c5f12016-01-28 09:42:39 +00006347
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006348 return MadeChange;
6349}
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006350
6351// llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006352// handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006353// find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006354bool CodeGenPrepare::placeDbgValues(Function &F) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006355 bool MadeChange = false;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006356 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00006357 Instruction *PrevNonDbgInst = nullptr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006358 for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006359 Instruction *Insn = &*BI++;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006360 DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(Insn);
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006361 // Leave dbg.values that refer to an alloca alone. These
Craig Topper87e715f2017-11-07 20:56:17 +00006362 // intrinsics describe the address of a variable (= the alloca)
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006363 // being taken. They should not be moved next to the alloca
6364 // (and to the beginning of the scope), but rather stay close to
6365 // where said address is used.
6366 if (!DVI || (DVI->getValue() && isa<AllocaInst>(DVI->getValue()))) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006367 PrevNonDbgInst = Insn;
6368 continue;
6369 }
6370
6371 Instruction *VI = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(DVI->getValue());
6372 if (VI && VI != PrevNonDbgInst && !VI->isTerminator()) {
Reid Kleckner8de1fe22015-12-08 23:00:03 +00006373 // If VI is a phi in a block with an EHPad terminator, we can't insert
6374 // after it.
6375 if (isa<PHINode>(VI) && VI->getParent()->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
6376 continue;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006377 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Moving Debug Value before :\n" << *DVI << ' ' << *VI);
6378 DVI->removeFromParent();
Reid Klecknere18f92b2015-12-08 22:33:23 +00006379 if (isa<PHINode>(VI))
6380 DVI->insertBefore(&*VI->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
6381 else
6382 DVI->insertAfter(VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006383 MadeChange = true;
6384 ++NumDbgValueMoved;
6385 }
6386 }
6387 }
6388 return MadeChange;
6389}
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00006390
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006391/// \brief Scale down both weights to fit into uint32_t.
6392static void scaleWeights(uint64_t &NewTrue, uint64_t &NewFalse) {
6393 uint64_t NewMax = (NewTrue > NewFalse) ? NewTrue : NewFalse;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006394 uint32_t Scale = (NewMax / std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) + 1;
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006395 NewTrue = NewTrue / Scale;
6396 NewFalse = NewFalse / Scale;
6397}
6398
6399/// \brief Some targets prefer to split a conditional branch like:
6400/// \code
6401/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6402/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6403/// %or.cond = or i1 %0, %1
6404/// br i1 %or.cond, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6405/// \endcode
6406/// into multiple branch instructions like:
6407/// \code
6408/// bb1:
6409/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6410/// br i1 %0, label %TrueBB, label %bb2
6411/// bb2:
6412/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6413/// br i1 %1, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6414/// \endcode
6415/// This usually allows instruction selection to do even further optimizations
6416/// and combine the compare with the branch instruction. Currently this is
6417/// applied for targets which have "cheap" jump instructions.
6418///
6419/// FIXME: Remove the (equivalent?) implementation in SelectionDAG.
6420///
6421bool CodeGenPrepare::splitBranchCondition(Function &F) {
David Blaikiedc3f01e2015-03-09 01:57:13 +00006422 if (!TM || !TM->Options.EnableFastISel || !TLI || TLI->isJumpExpensive())
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006423 return false;
6424
6425 bool MadeChange = false;
6426 for (auto &BB : F) {
6427 // Does this BB end with the following?
6428 // %cond1 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6429 // %cond2 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6430 // %cond.or = or|and i1 %cond1, cond2
6431 // br i1 %cond.or label %dest1, label %dest2"
6432 BinaryOperator *LogicOp;
6433 BasicBlock *TBB, *FBB;
6434 if (!match(BB.getTerminator(), m_Br(m_OneUse(m_BinOp(LogicOp)), TBB, FBB)))
6435 continue;
6436
Sanjay Patel42574202015-09-02 19:23:23 +00006437 auto *Br1 = cast<BranchInst>(BB.getTerminator());
6438 if (Br1->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
6439 continue;
6440
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006441 unsigned Opc;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006442 Value *Cond1, *Cond2;
6443 if (match(LogicOp, m_And(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6444 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006445 Opc = Instruction::And;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006446 else if (match(LogicOp, m_Or(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6447 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006448 Opc = Instruction::Or;
6449 else
6450 continue;
6451
6452 if (!match(Cond1, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) ||
6453 !match(Cond2, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) )
6454 continue;
6455
6456 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Before branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump());
6457
6458 // Create a new BB.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smitha848c472016-02-21 19:52:15 +00006459 auto TmpBB =
6460 BasicBlock::Create(BB.getContext(), BB.getName() + ".cond.split",
6461 BB.getParent(), BB.getNextNode());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006462
6463 // Update original basic block by using the first condition directly by the
6464 // branch instruction and removing the no longer needed and/or instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006465 Br1->setCondition(Cond1);
6466 LogicOp->eraseFromParent();
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006467
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006468 // Depending on the conditon we have to either replace the true or the false
6469 // successor of the original branch instruction.
6470 if (Opc == Instruction::And)
6471 Br1->setSuccessor(0, TmpBB);
6472 else
6473 Br1->setSuccessor(1, TmpBB);
6474
6475 // Fill in the new basic block.
6476 auto *Br2 = IRBuilder<>(TmpBB).CreateCondBr(Cond2, TBB, FBB);
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006477 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond2)) {
6478 I->removeFromParent();
6479 I->insertBefore(Br2);
6480 }
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006481
6482 // Update PHI nodes in both successors. The original BB needs to be
Hiroshi Inoue6a391bb2017-06-27 10:35:37 +00006483 // replaced in one successor's PHI nodes, because the branch comes now from
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006484 // the newly generated BB (NewBB). In the other successor we need to add one
6485 // incoming edge to the PHI nodes, because both branch instructions target
6486 // now the same successor. Depending on the original branch condition
6487 // (and/or) we have to swap the successors (TrueDest, FalseDest), so that
Simon Pilgrimf2fbf432016-11-20 13:47:59 +00006488 // we perform the correct update for the PHI nodes.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006489 // This doesn't change the successor order of the just created branch
6490 // instruction (or any other instruction).
6491 if (Opc == Instruction::Or)
6492 std::swap(TBB, FBB);
6493
6494 // Replace the old BB with the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006495 for (PHINode &PN : TBB->phis()) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006496 int i;
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006497 while ((i = PN.getBasicBlockIndex(&BB)) >= 0)
6498 PN.setIncomingBlock(i, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006499 }
6500
6501 // Add another incoming edge form the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006502 for (PHINode &PN : FBB->phis()) {
6503 auto *Val = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(&BB);
6504 PN.addIncoming(Val, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006505 }
6506
6507 // Update the branch weights (from SelectionDAGBuilder::
6508 // FindMergedConditions).
6509 if (Opc == Instruction::Or) {
6510 // Codegen X | Y as:
6511 // BB1:
6512 // jmp_if_X TBB
6513 // jmp TmpBB
6514 // TmpBB:
6515 // jmp_if_Y TBB
6516 // jmp FBB
6517 //
6518
6519 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for NewBB.
6520 // The requirement is that
6521 // TrueProb for BB1 + (FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB)
6522 // = TrueProb for orignal BB.
6523 // Assuming the orignal weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
6524 // weights to A and A+2B, and set TmpBB's weights to A and 2B. This choice
6525 // assumes that
6526 // TrueProb for BB1 == FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB.
6527 // Another choice is to assume TrueProb for BB1 equals to TrueProb for
6528 // TmpBB, but the math is more complicated.
6529 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00006530 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006531 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
6532 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = TrueWeight + 2 * FalseWeight;
6533 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6534 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
6535 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6536
6537 NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
6538 NewFalseWeight = 2 * FalseWeight;
6539 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6540 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
6541 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6542 }
6543 } else {
6544 // Codegen X & Y as:
6545 // BB1:
6546 // jmp_if_X TmpBB
6547 // jmp FBB
6548 // TmpBB:
6549 // jmp_if_Y TBB
6550 // jmp FBB
6551 //
6552 // This requires creation of TmpBB after CurBB.
6553
6554 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for TmpBB.
6555 // The requirement is that
6556 // FalseProb for BB1 + (TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB)
6557 // = FalseProb for orignal BB.
6558 // Assuming the orignal weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
6559 // weights to 2A+B and B, and set TmpBB's weights to 2A and B. This choice
6560 // assumes that
6561 // FalseProb for BB1 == TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB.
6562 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00006563 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006564 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
6565 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
6566 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6567 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
6568 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6569
6570 NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight;
6571 NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
6572 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6573 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
6574 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6575 }
6576 }
6577
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006578 // Note: No point in getting fancy here, since the DT info is never
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00006579 // available to CodeGenPrepare.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006580 ModifiedDT = true;
6581
6582 MadeChange = true;
6583
6584 DEBUG(dbgs() << "After branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump();
6585 TmpBB->dump());
6586 }
6587 return MadeChange;
6588}